Carrier 48EW User Manual
48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-060  
with Reciprocating Compressor  
48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-068  
Single Package Rooftop Units  
Electric Cooling/Gas Heating  
Installation, Start-Up and  
Service Instructions  
Follow all safety codes. Wear safety glasses and work  
gloves. Use quenching cloth for unbrazing operations. Have  
fire extinguishers available for all brazing operations.  
CONTENTS  
Page  
SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1  
INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-58  
Step 1 — Provide Unit Support. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1  
• ROOF CURB  
Before performing service or maintenance operations on  
unit, turn off main power switch to unit. Electrical shock  
could cause personal injury.  
• ALTERNATE UNIT SUPPORT  
Step 2 — Rig and Place Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2  
• POSITIONING  
• ROOF MOUNT  
Step 3 — Field Fabricate Ductwork. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2  
Step 4 — Make Unit Duct Connections . . . . . . . . . . . 2  
Step 5 — Install Flue Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28  
Step 6 — Trap Condensate Drain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28  
Step 7 — Install Gas Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28  
Step 8 — Controls Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29  
• STAGED GAS UNIT APPLICATIONS  
• THERMISTORS  
• CONSTANT VOLUME APPLICATIONS  
• VARIABLE AIR VOLUME (VAV) APPLICATIONS  
Step 9 — Make Electrical Connections . . . . . . . . . . 33  
• POWER WIRING  
• FIELD POWER SUPPLY  
• FIELD CONTROL WIRING  
1. Improper installation, adjustment, alteration, service,  
or maintenance can cause property damage, personal  
injury, or loss of life. Refer to the User’s Information  
Manual provided with this unit for more details.  
2. Do not store or use gasoline or other flammable va-  
pors and liquids in the vicinity of this or any other  
appliance.  
What to do if you smell gas:  
1. DO NOT try to light any appliance.  
2. DO NOT touch any electrical switch, or use any  
phone in your building.  
3. IMMEDIATELY call your gas supplier from a neigh-  
bor’s phone. Follow the gas supplier’s instructions.  
Step 10 — Make Outdoor-Air Inlet  
Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48  
• ECONOMIZER  
4. If you cannot reach your gas supplier, call the fire  
department.  
• ECONOMIZER SETTINGS  
Step 11 — Position Power Exhaust/Barometric  
Relief Damper Hood. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52  
Step 12 — Install All Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54  
Step 13 — Field Modifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57  
START-UP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58-89  
SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89-102  
TROUBLESHOOTING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103-115  
START-UP CHECKLIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CL-1,CL-2  
Disconnect gas piping from unit when pressure testing at  
pressure greater than 0.5 psig. Pressures greater than  
0.5 psig will cause gas valve damage resulting in hazardous  
condition. If gas valve is subjected to pressure greater than  
0.5 psig, it must be replaced before use. When pressure  
testing field-supplied gas piping at pressures of 0.5 psig or  
less, a unit connected to such piping must be isolated by  
closing the manual gas valve(s).  
SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS  
Installation and servicing of air-conditioning equipment can  
be hazardous due to system pressure and electrical compo-  
nents. Only trained and qualified service personnel should in-  
stall, repair, or service air-conditioning equipment.  
INSTALLATION  
Step 1 — Provide Unit Support  
Untrained personnel can perform the basic maintenance  
functions of cleaning coils and filters and replacing filters. All  
other operations should be performed by trained service per-  
sonnel. When working on air-conditioning equipment, observe  
precautions in the literature, tags and labels attached to the unit,  
and other safety precautions that may apply.  
1. All panels must be in place when rigging.  
2. Unit is not designed for handling by fork truck.  
Manufacturer reserves the right to discontinue, or change at any time, specifications or designs without notice and without incurring obligations.  
PC 111 Catalog No. 534-739 Printed in U.S.A. Form 48A,E-1SI Pg 1 107 11-01 Replaces: 48E-6SI  
Book 1  
Tab 1a  
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
A
2
3
B
4
1
48AJ,AK,AW,AY UNITS  
CENTER OF GRAVITY  
Inches Millimeters  
PERCENT OF TOTAL WEIGHT  
AT EACH CORNER (%)  
UNIT  
A
B
A
B
1
2
3
4
48AJ,AKD020  
48AJE020  
48AW,AYD020  
48AWE020  
48AJ,AKD025  
48AJE025  
48AW,AYD025  
48AWE025  
48AJ,AKD027  
48AJE027  
48AW,AYD027  
48AWE027  
48AJ,AKD030  
48AJE030  
48AW,AYD030  
48AWE030  
48AJ,AKD035  
48AJE035  
48AW,AYD035  
48AWE035  
48AJ,AKD040  
48AJE040  
48AW,AYD040  
48AWE040  
48AJ,AKD050  
48AJE050  
48AW,AYD050  
48AWE050  
48AJ,AKD060  
48AJE060  
48AW,AYD060  
48AWE060  
72.4  
73.3  
72.4  
73.3  
69.6  
70.1  
69.6  
70.1  
69.6  
70.1  
69.6  
70.1  
69.6  
70.1  
69.6  
70.1  
92.7  
94.1  
92.7  
94.1  
89.3  
90.8  
89.3  
90.8  
87.7  
89.2  
87.7  
89.2  
125.3  
132.2  
127.7  
134.7  
42.2  
42.7  
42.2  
42.7  
44.0  
44.3  
44.0  
44.3  
44.0  
44.3  
44.0  
44.3  
44.0  
44.3  
44.0  
44.3  
46.9  
47.2  
46.9  
47.2  
46.9  
47.2  
46.9  
47.2  
46.5  
46.8  
46.5  
46.8  
45.2  
47.2  
46.6  
48.6  
1839  
1862  
1839  
1862  
1768  
1781  
1768  
1781  
1768  
1781  
1768  
1781  
1768  
1781  
1768  
1781  
2355  
2390  
2355  
2390  
2268  
2306  
2268  
2306  
2228  
2266  
2228  
2266  
3181  
3359  
3242  
3422  
1072  
1085  
1072  
1085  
1118  
1125  
1118  
1125  
1118  
1125  
1118  
1125  
1118  
1125  
1118  
1125  
1191  
1199  
1191  
1199  
1191  
1199  
1191  
1199  
1181  
1189  
1181  
1189  
1149  
1199  
1184  
1235  
21.0%  
21.6%  
21.0%  
21.6%  
21.1%  
21.4%  
21.1%  
21.4%  
21.1%  
21.4%  
21.1%  
21.4%  
21.1%  
21.4%  
21.1%  
21.4%  
23.0%  
23.5%  
23.0%  
23.5%  
22.1%  
22.7%  
22.1%  
22.7%  
21.6%  
22.1%  
21.6%  
22.1%  
21.7%  
23.9%  
21.7%  
23.9%  
22.8%  
22.9%  
22.8%  
22.9%  
21.1%  
21.1%  
21.1%  
21.1%  
21.1%  
21.1%  
21.1%  
21.1%  
21.1%  
21.1%  
21.1%  
21.1%  
20.1%  
20.3%  
20.1%  
20.3%  
19.4%  
19.6%  
19.4%  
19.6%  
19.2%  
19.4%  
19.2%  
19.4%  
19.3%  
19.4%  
19.3%  
19.4%  
29.2%  
28.6%  
29.2%  
28.6%  
28.9%  
28.6%  
28.9%  
28.6%  
28.9%  
28.6%  
28.9%  
28.6%  
28.9%  
28.6%  
28.9%  
28.6%  
26.6%  
26.1%  
26.6%  
26.1%  
27.3%  
26.8%  
27.3%  
26.8%  
27.9%  
27.4%  
27.9%  
27.4%  
27.7%  
25.4%  
27.7%  
25.4%  
26.9%  
27.0%  
26.9%  
27.0%  
28.9%  
29.0%  
28.9%  
29.0%  
28.9%  
29.0%  
28.9%  
29.0%  
28.9%  
29.0%  
28.9%  
29.0%  
30.3%  
30.2%  
30.3%  
30.2%  
31.2%  
31.0%  
31.2%  
31.0%  
31.3%  
31.1%  
31.3%  
31.1%  
31.2%  
31.3%  
31.2%  
31.3%  
Fig. 17 — Rigging Information  
19  
48EJ,EK,EW,EY UNITS  
CENTER OF GRAVITY  
Inches Millimeters  
PERCENT OF TOTAL WEIGHT  
AT EACH CORNER (%)  
UNIT  
A
B
A
B
1
2
3
4
48EJ,EW,EK,EYD024  
48EJ,EWE024  
48EJ,EW,EK,EYD028  
48EJ,EWE028  
48EJ,EW,EK,EYD030  
48EJ,EWE030  
48EJ,EW,EK,EYD034  
48EJ,EWE034  
48EJ,EW,EK,EYD038  
48EJ,EWE038  
48EJ,EW,EK,EYD044  
48EJ,EWE044  
48EJ,EW,EK,EYD048  
48EJ,EWE048  
48EJ,EW,EK,EYD054  
48EJ,EWE054  
72.4  
73.3  
69.6  
70.1  
69.6  
70.1  
69.6  
70.1  
92.7  
94.1  
89.3  
90.8  
87.7  
89.2  
130.9  
133.8  
132.1  
139.5  
125.3  
132.2  
127.7  
134.7  
42.2  
42.7  
44.0  
44.3  
44.0  
44.3  
44.0  
44.3  
46.9  
47.2  
46.9  
47.2  
46.5  
46.8  
46.9  
47.4  
47.5  
49.6  
45.2  
47.2  
46.6  
48.6  
1839  
1862  
1768  
1781  
1768  
1781  
1768  
1781  
2355  
2390  
2268  
2306  
2228  
2226  
3325  
3397  
3354  
3544  
3181  
3359  
3242  
3422  
1072  
1085  
1118  
1125  
1118  
1125  
1118  
1125  
1191  
1199  
1191  
1199  
1181  
1189  
1192  
1204  
1207  
1260  
1149  
1199  
1184  
1235  
21.0  
21.6  
21.1  
21.4  
21.1  
21.4  
21.1  
21.4  
23.0  
23.5  
22.1  
22.7  
21.6  
22.1  
22.4  
23.1  
22.9  
25.3  
20.7  
22.8  
21.7  
23.9  
22.8  
22.9  
21.1  
21.1  
21.1  
21.1  
21.1  
21.1  
20.1  
20.3  
19.4  
19.6  
19.2  
19.4  
19.6  
19.8  
19.5  
19.6  
19.6  
19.7  
19.3  
19.4  
29.2  
28.6  
28.9  
28.6  
28.9  
28.6  
28.9  
28.6  
26.6  
26.1  
27.3  
26.8  
27.9  
27.4  
27.0  
26.3  
26.5  
24.1  
29.1  
26.7  
27.7  
25.4  
26.9  
27.0  
28.9  
29.0  
28.9  
29.0  
28.9  
29.0  
30.3  
30.2  
31.2  
31.0  
31.3  
31.1  
30.9  
30.7  
31.1  
31.1  
30.7  
30.8  
31.2  
31.3  
48EJ,EW,EK,EYD058  
48EJ,EWE058  
48EJ,EW,EK,EYD064  
48EJ,EWE064  
48EJ,EW,EK,EYD068  
48EJ,EWE068  
RIGGING WEIGHTS  
48AJ,AK,AW,AY UNITS  
MAXIMUM UNIT WEIGHTS (lb)*  
UNIT  
020  
025  
027  
030  
035  
040  
050  
060  
48AJ,AKD  
48AJ,AKE  
48AW,AYD  
48AW,AYE  
5142  
5222  
5182  
5262  
5228  
5308  
5268  
5348  
5325  
5405  
5365  
5445  
5325  
5405  
5365  
5445  
6004  
6164  
6044  
6204  
6514  
6674  
6554  
6714  
6725  
6885  
6765  
6925  
8930  
9170  
8970  
9210  
*Includes outdoor-air hoods, filters, largest available indoor-fan  
motor, modulating power exhaust, and the largest available variable  
frequency drive (VFD).  
3. On 020-050 includes 170 lbs and on 060 55 lbs for economizer  
hoods. Includes 45 lbs for the economizer hood packaging.  
4. Add 220 lbs for copper coil on the 020-030 size.  
5. Add 284 lbs for copper coil on the 035 size.  
6. Add 380 lbs for copper coil on the 040-050 size.  
7. Add 651 lbs for copper coil on the 060 size.  
NOTES:  
1.  
Center of gravity.  
2. On 020-050 includes 500 lbs and on 060 725 lbs for modulating  
power exhaust.  
48EJ,EK,EW,EY UNITS  
MAXIMUM UNIT WEIGHTS (lb)*  
UNIT  
024  
028  
030  
034  
038  
044  
048  
054  
058  
064  
068  
48EJ,EKD  
48EJE  
48EW,EYD  
48EWE  
5142  
5222  
5182  
5262  
5228  
5384  
5404  
5492  
5304  
5384  
5344  
5424  
5304  
5384  
5344  
5424  
5943  
6103  
5983  
6143  
6237  
6397  
6277  
6437  
6622  
6782  
6662  
6822  
8029  
8269  
8069  
8309  
8377  
8617  
8417  
8657  
8755  
8995  
8795  
9035  
8930  
9170  
8970  
9210  
*Includes outdoor-air hoods, filters, largest available indoor-fan  
motor, modulating power exhaust, and the largest available variable  
frequency drive (VFD).  
4. Economizer hood packaging includes 45 lb.  
5. For sizes 024-034 add 220 lb for copper coil.  
6. For sizes 038-044 add 284 lb for copper coil.  
7. For 048 size add 380 lb for copper coil.  
8. For 054 size add 271 lb for copper coil.  
9. For 058 size add 407 lb for copper coil.  
10. For 064 size add 489 lb for copper coil.  
11. For 068 size add 651 lb for copper coil.  
NOTES:  
1.  
Center of gravity.  
2. Sizes 024-048 includes 500 lb and sizes 054-068 includes  
725 lb for modulating power exhaust.  
3. Sizes 024-048 includes 170 lb and sizes 054-068 includes  
255 lb for economizer hoods.  
Fig. 17 — Rigging Information (cont)  
20  
Table 1A — Physical Data — 48AJ,AK,AW,AY Units  
UNIT 48AJ,AK,AW,AY  
020D/E  
025D/E  
027D/E  
030D/E  
NOMINAL CAPACITY (tons)  
BASE UNIT OPERATING WEIGHT (lb)  
20  
25  
27  
30  
See Operating Weights Table 2.  
COMPRESSOR  
Quantity...Type (Ckt 1 , Ckt 2)  
Number of Refrigerant Circuits  
Oil (oz) (Ckt 1 , Ckt 2)  
1...06D328, 1...06D818  
2...06D328  
2
115 ea.  
2...06D328  
2
115 ea.  
1...06D537, 1…06D328  
2
2
115, 88  
115 ea.  
REFRIGERANT TYPE  
Operating Charge (lb-oz)  
Circuit 1  
R-22  
25-0  
31-0  
25-0  
25-0  
29-0  
28-0  
27-0  
29-0  
Circuit 2  
CONDENSER COIL *  
Quantity  
Cross-Hatched 3/8" Copper Tubes, Aluminum Lanced, Aluminum Pre-Coated, or Copper Plate Fins  
1
1
1
1
Rows...Fins/in.  
4...15  
33.3  
4...15  
33.3  
4...15  
33.3  
4...15  
33.3  
Total Face Area (sq ft)  
CONDENSER FAN  
Nominal Cfm  
Quantity...Diameter (in.)  
Motor Hp  
Propeller Type  
13,420  
2...30  
1
13,420  
2...30  
1
13,420  
2...30  
1
13,420  
2...30  
1
EVAPORATOR COIL  
Tube Size (in.)  
Cross-Hatched Copper Tubes, Aluminum Plate Fins  
3
3
3
3
/
/
/
/
8
8
8
Rows...Fins/in.  
4...815  
31.7  
4...15  
31.7  
4...15  
34.7  
4... 5  
34.7  
Total Face Area (sq ft)  
EVAPORATOR FAN  
Quantity...Size (in.)  
Centrifugal Type  
2...20 X 15  
Belt  
2... 20 X 15  
Belt  
2... 20 X 15  
Belt  
2... 20 X 15  
Belt  
Type Drive  
Nominal Cfm  
8,000  
10  
10,000  
10  
11,000  
15  
12,000  
15  
Motor Hp  
5
15  
7.5  
15  
254T  
10  
215T  
20  
10  
20  
Motor Frame Size  
184T  
215T  
Ball  
254T  
213T  
215T  
Ball  
254T  
Ball  
256T  
215T  
254T  
Ball  
256T  
Motor Bearing Type  
Maximum Allowable Rpm  
Motor Pulley Pitch Diameter  
Nominal Motor Shaft Diameter (in.)  
Fan Pulley Pitch Diameter (in.)  
Nominal Fan Shaft Diameter (in.)  
Belt Quantity  
1200  
4.4  
1200  
6.1  
1200  
4.9  
1200  
5.7  
4.9  
11/8  
12.4  
5.7  
13/8  
9.1  
5.4  
13/8  
12.4  
5.5  
15/8  
8.7  
4.4  
13/8  
9.4  
5.9  
15/8  
8.7  
4.4  
13/8  
9.0  
5.9  
15/8  
8.7  
13/8  
13/8  
15/8  
15/8  
8.6  
11.1  
8.1  
9.1  
115  
/
115  
/
115  
/
115  
/
1
216  
BX50  
63  
2
5VX530  
53  
1
116  
5VX590  
59  
2
5VX570  
57  
2
216  
5VX500  
50  
2
5VX530  
53  
2
216  
5VX530  
53  
2
5VX530  
53  
Belt Type  
Belt Length (in.)  
Pulley Center Line Distance (in.)  
Factory Speed Setting (rpm)  
BX56  
56  
BX56  
56  
BX50  
50  
BX50  
50  
16.0-18.7 15.6-18.4 15.0-17.9 15.6-18.4 15.6-18.4 15.0-17.9 15.6-18.4 15.0-17.9 15.0-17.9 15.6-18.4 15.0-17.9 15.0-17.9  
717  
924  
1096  
773  
962  
1106  
848  
1059  
1187  
884  
1096  
1187  
FURNACE SECTION  
Rollout Switch Cutout  
Temp (F) †  
225  
225  
225  
225  
Burner Orifice Diameter (in. ...drill size)  
Natural Gas  
Liquid Propane  
Std  
Alt  
.111...34  
.089...43  
.111...34  
.089...43  
.111...34  
.089...43  
.111...34  
.089...43  
Thermostat Heat Anticipator Setting  
Stage 1 (amps)  
0.1  
0.1  
0.1  
0.1  
0.1  
0.1  
0.1  
0.1  
Stage 2 (amps)  
Gas Input (Btuh)  
Stage 1  
Stage 2  
262,500/394,000  
350,000/525,000  
82  
262,500/394,000  
350,000/525,000  
82  
262,500/394,000  
350,000/525,000  
82  
262,500/394,000  
350,000/525,000  
82  
Efficiency (Steady State) (%)  
Temperature Rise Range  
Manifold Pressure (in. wg)  
Natural Gas  
Liquid Propane  
Gas Valve Quantity  
15-45/35-65  
15-45/35-65  
15-45/35-65  
15-45/35-65  
Std  
Alt  
3.5  
3.5  
2
3.5  
3.5  
2
3.5  
3.5  
2
3.5  
3.5  
2
HIGH-PRESSURE SWITCH (psig)  
Cutout  
Reset (Auto.)  
426  
320  
426  
320  
426  
320  
426  
320  
LOW-PRESSURE SWITCH (psig)  
Cutout  
Reset (Auto.)  
27  
67  
27  
67  
27  
67  
27  
67  
RETURN-AIR FILTERS  
Quantity...Size (in.)  
10...20 x 24 x 2  
10...20 x 24 x 2  
10...20 x 24 x 2  
10...20 x 24 x 2  
OUTDOOR AIR FILTERS  
Quantity...Size (in.)  
8...16 x 25  
4...20 x 25  
8...16 x 25  
4...20 x 25  
8...16 x 25  
4..20 x 25  
8...16 x 25  
4...20 x 25  
LEGEND  
*Sizes 020-030: Circuit 1 uses the lower portion of condenser coil, Circuit 2 uses the upper  
portion.  
Al  
Bhp  
Cu  
—
—
—
Aluminum  
Brake Horsepower  
Copper  
Sizes 035-050: Circuit 1 uses the left condenser coil, Circuit 2 the right. All units have  
intertwined evaporator coils.  
†Rollout switch is manual reset.  
NOTE: High heat is for 48AJ,AW only.  
21  
Table 1A — Physical Data — 48AJ,AK,AW,AY Units (cont)  
UNIT 48AJ,AK,AW,AY  
NOMINAL CAPACITY (tons)  
035D/E  
35  
040D/E  
40  
050D/E  
50  
060D/E  
60  
BASE UNIT OPERATING WEIGHT (lb)  
See Operating Weights Table 2.  
COMPRESSOR  
Quantity...Type (Ckt 1 , Ckt 2)  
Number of Refrigerant Circuits  
Oil (oz) (Ckt 1 , Ckt 2)  
2...06D537  
2
115 ea.  
1...06D537, 1...06EA250  
2…06EA250  
2...06EA265  
2
304 ea.  
2
2
115, 224  
224 ea.  
REFRIGERANT TYPE  
Operating Charge (lb-oz)  
Circuit 1  
34-8  
34-8  
51-8  
49-8  
50-0  
50-0  
79-8  
79-8  
Circuit 2  
CONDENSER COIL *  
Quantity  
Cross-Hatched 3/8" Copper Tubes, Aluminum Lanced, Aluminum Pre-Coated, or Copper Plate Fins  
2
2
2
2
Rows...Fins/in.  
3...15  
58.3  
4...15  
66.7  
4...15  
66.7  
4…15  
100  
Total Face Area (sq ft)  
CONDENSER FAN  
Nominal Cfm  
Quantity...Diameter (in.)  
Motor Hp  
Propeller Type  
27,064  
4...30  
1
27,064  
4...30  
1
27,064  
4...30  
1
43,900  
6...30  
1
EVAPORATOR COIL  
Tube Size (in.)  
Cross-Hatched Copper Tubes, Aluminum Plate Fins  
3
1
1
1
/
/
/
/
Rows...Fins/in.  
4...815  
34.7  
6...215  
6...215  
31.3  
4...217  
48.1  
Total Face Area (sq ft)  
31.3  
EVAPORATOR FAN  
Quantity...Size (in.)  
Centrifugal Type  
2...20 X 15  
Belt  
2...20 X 15  
Belt  
2...20 X 15  
Belt  
3...20 X 15  
Belt  
Type Drive  
Nominal Cfm  
14,000  
15  
16,000  
20  
20,000  
25  
24,000  
30  
Motor Hp  
10  
20  
15  
25  
284T  
20  
256T  
30  
25  
40  
Motor Frame Size  
215T  
254T  
Ball  
256T  
254T  
256T  
Ball  
284T  
Ball  
286T  
284T  
286T  
Ball  
324T  
Motor Bearing Type  
Maximum Allowable Rpm  
Motor Pulley Pitch Diameter  
Nominal Motor Shaft Diameter (in.)  
Fan Pulley Pitch Diameter (in.)  
Nominal Fan Shaft Diameter (in.)  
Belt Quantity  
1200  
5.3  
1200  
5.7  
1300  
8.1  
1200  
8.1  
6.1  
13/8  
13.7  
5.7  
15/8  
9.5  
5.3  
15/8  
9.5  
7.5  
17/8  
11.1  
6.3  
15/8  
11.1  
7.5  
17/8  
11.1  
5.3  
17/8  
9.1  
9.4  
21/8  
13.6  
15/8  
15/8  
17/8  
17/8  
9.5  
9.5  
12.5  
12.5  
115  
/
115  
/
115  
/
115  
/
1
5VX610  
61  
216  
5VX530  
53  
2
5VX550  
55  
2
5VX530  
53  
216  
5VX550  
55  
2
5VX590  
59  
2
5VX570  
57  
216  
5VX630  
63  
2
5VX590  
59  
3
5VX530  
53  
316  
5VX630  
63  
2
5VX650  
65  
Belt Type  
Belt Length (in.)  
Pulley Center Line Distance (in.)  
Factory Speed Setting (rpm)  
15.6-18.4 15.0-17.9 15.0-17.9 15.0-17.9 15.0-17.9 14.6-17.6 15.0-17.9 14.6-17.6 14.6-17.6 15.2-17.5 14.7-17.2 14.2-17.0  
779  
976  
1050  
976  
1050  
1182  
993  
1134  
1182  
1019  
1134  
1214  
FURNACE SECTION  
Rollout Switch Cutout  
Temp (F) †  
225  
225  
225  
225  
Burner Orifice Diameter (in. ...drill size)  
Natural Gas  
Std  
Alt  
.120...31  
.096...41  
.120...31  
.096...41  
.120...31  
.096...41  
.120...31  
.096...41  
Liquid Propane  
Thermostat Heat Anticipator Setting  
Stage 1 (amps)  
Stage 2 (amps)  
Gas Input (Btuh)  
0.1  
0.1  
0.1  
0.1  
0.1  
0.1  
0.1  
0.1  
Stage 1  
Stage 2  
300,000/600,000  
400,000/800,000  
82  
300,000/600,000  
400,000/800,000  
82  
300,000/600,000  
400,000/800,000  
82  
582,000/ 873,000  
776,000/1,164,000  
82  
Efficiency (Steady State) (%)  
Temperature Rise Range  
Manifold Pressure (in. wg)  
Natural Gas  
Liquid Propane  
Gas Valve Quantity  
10-40/30-60  
10-40/30-60  
10-40/30-60  
10-40/30-60  
Std  
Alt  
3.5  
3.5  
2
3.5  
3.5  
2
3.5  
3.5  
2
3.3  
3.3  
3
HIGH-PRESSURE SWITCH (psig)  
Cutout  
Reset (Auto.)  
426  
320  
426  
320  
426  
320  
426  
320  
LOW-PRESSURE SWITCH (psig)  
Cutout  
Reset (Auto.)  
27  
67  
27  
67  
27  
67  
27  
67  
RETURN-AIR FILTERS  
Quantity...Size (in.)  
10...20 x 24 x 2  
10...20 x 24 x 2  
10...20 x 24 x 2  
16...20 x 24 x 2  
OUTDOOR AIR FILTERS  
Quantity...Size (in.)  
8...16 x 25  
4...20 x 25  
8...16 x 25  
4...20 x 25  
8...16 x 25  
4...20 x 25  
12...16 x 25  
6...20 x 25  
LEGEND  
*Sizes 020-030: Circuit 1 uses the lower portion of condenser coil, Circuit 2 uses the upper  
portion.  
Al  
Bhp  
Cu  
—
—
—
Aluminum  
Brake Horsepower  
Copper  
Sizes 035-050: Circuit 1 uses the left condenser coil, Circuit 2 the right. All units have  
intertwined evaporator coils.  
†Rollout switch is manual reset.  
NOTE: High heat is for 48AJ,AW only.  
22  
Table 1B — Physical Data — 48EJ,EK,EW,EY Units  
UNIT 48EJ,EK,EW,EY  
NOMINAL CAPACITY (tons)  
OPERATING WEIGHT (lb)  
024D/E  
20  
028D/E  
25  
030D/E  
27.5  
034D/E  
30  
For Operating Weights see Table 2.  
COMPRESSOR  
Type Ckt 1  
06D328  
06D818  
2
06D328  
06D328  
2
06D537  
06D328  
2
06D537  
06D537  
2
Ckt 2  
Number of Refrigerant Circuits  
Oil (oz) (Ckt 1, Ckt 2)  
115, 88  
115 ea.  
115 ea.  
115 ea.  
REFRIGERANT TYPE  
Operating Charge (lb-oz)  
Circuit 1*  
R-22  
25-0  
31-0  
25-0  
25-0  
25-0  
25-0  
25-0  
25-0  
Circuit 2  
CONDENSER COIL  
Quantity  
Rows...Fins/in.  
Total Face Area (sq ft)  
Cross-Hatched 3/8″ Copper Tubes, Aluminum Lanced, Aluminum Pre-Coated, or Copper Plate Fins  
1
1
1
1
4...15  
33.3  
4...15  
33.3  
4...15  
33.3  
4...15  
33.3  
CONDENSER FAN  
Nominal Cfm  
Propeller Type  
13,420  
2...30  
1
13,420  
2...30  
1
13,420  
2...30  
1
13,420  
2...30  
1
Quantity...Diameter (in.)  
Motor Hp (1075 Rpm)  
EVAPORATOR COIL  
Rows...Fins/in.  
Total Face Area (sq ft)  
Cross-Hatched 3/8″ Copper Tubes, Aluminum Plate Fins, Intertwined Circuits  
4...15  
31.7  
4...15  
31.7  
4...15  
31.7  
4...15  
31.7  
EVAPORATOR FAN  
Centrifugal Type  
Quantity...Size (in.)  
2...20x15  
Belt  
2...20x15  
Belt  
2...20x15  
Belt  
2...20x15  
Belt  
Type Drive  
Nominal Cfm  
8,000  
10†  
10,000  
10†  
11,000  
15†  
12,000  
15†  
Motor Hp  
5
15  
7.5  
15  
D254T  
S254T  
10  
S215T  
S215T  
20  
10  
20  
Motor Frame Size (Standard)  
(High Efficiency)  
S184T  
S184T  
S215T  
S215T  
Ball  
D254T  
S254T  
S213T  
S213T  
S215T  
S215T  
Ball  
D254T  
S254T  
Ball  
S256T  
S256T  
S215T  
S215T  
D254T  
S254T  
Ball  
S256T  
S256T  
Motor Bearing Type  
Maximum Allowable Rpm  
Motor Pulley Pitch Diameter  
Nominal Motor Shaft Diameter (in.)  
Fan Pulley Pitch Diameter (in.)  
Nominal Fan Shaft Diameter (in.)  
Belt, Quantity...Type  
1200  
4.4  
1200  
6.1  
1200  
4.9  
1200  
5.7  
4.9  
11/8  
12.4  
5.7  
15/8  
9.1  
5.4  
13/8  
12.4  
5.5  
15/8  
8.7  
4.4  
13/8  
9.4  
5.9  
15/8  
8.7  
4.4  
13/8  
9.0  
5.9  
15/8  
8.7  
13/8  
13/8  
15/8  
15/8  
8.6  
11.1  
8.1  
9.1  
115  
/
115  
/
115  
/
115/  
1...BX56 2...BX1560 2...5VX530 1...BX56 1...5VX15670 2...5VX530 2...BX50 2...5VX15600 2...5VX530 2...BX50 2...5VX15630 2...5VX530  
Belt, Length (in.)  
Pulley Center Line Distance (in.)  
Factory Speed Setting (rpm)  
56  
50  
53  
56  
59  
15.6-18.4  
57  
15.0-17.9 15.6-18.4  
1106 848  
50  
50  
53  
50  
15.6-18.4  
884  
53  
53  
16.0-18.7 15.6-18.4 15.0-17.9  
15.0-17.9  
15.0-17.9  
717  
924  
225  
1096  
773  
962  
1059  
1187  
1096  
1187  
FURNACE SECTION  
Rollout Switch Cutout Temp (F)**  
Burner Orifice Diameter  
(in. ...drill size)  
225  
225  
225  
Natural Gas  
Liquid Propane  
Std  
Alt  
.111...34  
.089...43  
.111...34  
.089...43  
.111...34  
.089...43  
.111...34  
.089...43  
Thermostat Heat Anticipator  
Setting (amps)  
Stage 1  
0.1  
0.1  
265,600  
398,400  
350,000  
525,000  
82  
0.1  
0.1  
265,600  
398,400  
350,000  
525,000  
82  
0.1  
0.1  
265,600  
398,400  
350,000  
525,000  
82  
0.1  
0.1  
265,600  
398,400  
350,000  
525,000  
82  
Stage 2  
Gas Input (Btuh)  
Stage 1 Low  
High  
Stage 2 Low  
High  
Efficiency (Steady State) (%)  
Temperature Rise Range  
15-45/35-65  
5-13.5  
15-45/35-65  
5-13.5  
15-45/35-65  
5-13.5  
15-45/35-65  
5-13.5  
Gas Pressure to Unit Range (in. wg)  
Manifold Pressure (in. wg)  
Natural Gas  
Std  
3.5  
3.5  
2
3.5  
3.5  
2
3.5  
3.5  
2
3.5  
3.5  
2
Liquid Propane Alt  
Gas Valve Quantity  
Field Gas Connection Size  
(in.-FPT)  
1.5  
1.5  
1.5  
1.5  
HIGH-PRESSURE SWITCH (psig)  
Cutout  
Reset (Auto.)  
426  
320  
426  
320  
426  
320  
426  
320  
LOW-PRESSURE SWITCH (psig)  
Cutout  
Reset (Auto.)  
7
22  
7
22  
7
22  
7
22  
RETURN-AIR FILTERS (W x H x T)  
Quantity...Size (in.)  
10...20 x 24 x 2  
10...20 x 24 x 2  
10...20 x 24 x 2  
10...20 x 24 x 2  
OUTDOOR-AIR FILTERS  
Quantity...Size (in.)  
8...16 x 25  
4...20 x 25  
8...16 x 25  
4...20 x 25  
8...16 x 25  
4...20 x 25  
8...16 x 25  
4...20 x 25  
POWER EXHAUST  
Motor, Quantity...Hp  
Fan, Diameter...Width (in.)  
Direct Drive, 3-Speed, Single-Phase Motor (Factory-Wired for High Speed) and Forward Curved Fan  
4...1  
11...10  
*Sizes 024-034: Circuit 1 uses the lower portion of condenser coil, Circuit 2 uses the upper portion.  
Sizes 038-048: Circuit 1 uses the left condenser coil, Circuit 2 the right. All units have intertwined evaporator coils.  
†Motor and drive shown will deliver approximately 2.5 in. wg net external static. For more information, see Table 3.  
**Rollout switch is manual reset.  
NOTE: High heat is for 48EJ,EW only.  
23  
Table 1B — Physical Data — 48EJ,EK,EW,EY Units (cont)  
UNIT 48EJ,EK,EW,EY  
NOMINAL CAPACITY (tons)  
034D/E  
35  
044D/E  
40  
048D/E  
45  
OPERATING WEIGHT (lb)  
For Operating Weights see Table 2.  
COMPRESSOR  
Type Ckt 1  
06D537  
06D537  
2
06EA250  
06EA250  
2
06EA265  
06EA250  
2
Ckt 2  
Number of Refrigerant Circuits  
Oil (oz) (Ckt 1, Ckt 2)  
115 ea.  
224 ea.  
304, 224  
REFRIGERANT TYPE  
Operating Charge (lb-oz)  
Circuit 1*  
R-22  
34-0  
34-0  
35-0  
35-0  
41-0  
41-0  
Circuit 2  
CONDENSER COIL  
Quantity  
Rows...Fins/in.  
Total Face Area (sq ft)  
Cross-Hatched 3/8″ Copper Tubes, Aluminum Lanced, Aluminum Pre-Coated, or Copper Plate Fins  
2
2
1
1
4...15  
58.3  
4...15  
58.3  
4...15  
3...15  
66.7  
CONDENSER FAN  
Nominal Cfm  
Propeller Type  
27,064  
4...30  
1
27,064  
4...30  
1
27,064  
4...30  
1
Quantity...Diameter (in.)  
Motor Hp (1075 Rpm)  
EVAPORATOR COIL  
Rows...Fins/in.  
Total Face Area (sq ft)  
Cross-Hatched 3/8″ Copper Tubes, Aluminum Plate Fins, Intertwined Circuits  
3...15  
34.7  
3...15  
34.7  
4...15  
34.7  
EVAPORATOR FAN  
Centrifugal Type  
2...20x15  
Belt  
Quantity...Size (in.)  
2...20x15  
Belt  
2...20x15  
Belt  
Type Drive  
Nominal Cfm  
14,000  
15†  
16,000  
18,000  
25†  
Motor Hp  
10  
20  
15  
20†  
S256T  
S256T  
Ball  
25  
20  
30  
Motor Frame Size (Standard)  
(High Efficiency)  
S215T  
S215T  
D254T  
S254T  
Ball  
S256T  
S256T  
D254T  
S254T  
S284T  
S284T  
S256T  
S256T  
S284T  
S284T  
Ball  
S286T  
S286T  
Motor Bearing Type  
Maximum Allowable Rpm  
Motor Pulley Pitch Diameter  
Nominal Motor Shaft Diameter (in.)  
Fan Pulley Pitch Diameter (in.)  
Nominal Fan Shaft Diameter (in.)  
Belt, Quantity...Type  
1200  
5.3  
1200  
5.7  
1200  
8.1  
6.1  
13/8  
13.7  
5.7  
15/8  
9.5  
5.3  
15/8  
9.5  
7.5  
17/8  
11.1  
6.3  
15/8  
11.1  
7.5  
17/8  
11.1  
15/8  
15/8  
17/8  
9.5  
9.5  
12.5  
115  
/
115  
/
115/  
16  
16  
16  
1...5VX610  
61  
15.6-18.4  
779  
2...5VX530  
53  
2...5VX550  
55  
2...5VX530  
53  
2...5VX550  
55  
2...5VX590  
59  
14.6-17.6  
1182  
2...5VX570  
57  
15.0-17.9  
993  
2...5VX630  
63  
2...5VX590  
59  
Belt, Length (in.)  
Pulley Center Line Distance (in.)  
Factory Speed Setting (rpm)  
15.0-17.9  
15.0-17.9  
14.6-17.6  
976  
225  
1050  
976  
1050  
1134  
225  
1182  
FURNACE SECTION  
Rollout Switch Cutout Temp (F)**  
Burner Orifice Diameter  
(in. ...drill size)  
225  
Natural Gas  
Liquid Propane  
Std  
Alt  
.120...31  
.096...41  
.120...31  
.096...41  
.120...31  
.096...41  
Thermostat Heat Anticipator  
Setting (amps)  
Stage 1  
0.1  
0.1  
303,500  
607,000  
400,000  
800,000  
82  
0.1  
0.1  
303,500  
607,000  
400,000  
800,000  
82  
0.1  
0.1  
303,500  
607,000  
400,000  
800,000  
82  
Stage 2  
Gas Input (Btuh)  
Stage 1 Low  
High  
Stage 2 Low  
High  
Efficiency (Steady State) (%)  
Temperature Rise Range  
10-40/30-60  
5-13.5  
10-40/30-60  
5-13.5  
10-40/30-60  
5-13.5  
Gas Pressure to Unit Range (in. wg)  
Manifold Pressure (in. wg)  
Natural Gas  
Std  
Alt  
3.5  
3.5  
2
3.5  
3.5  
2
3.5  
3.5  
2
Liquid Propane  
Gas Valve Quantity  
Field Gas Connection Size  
(in.-FPT)  
1.5  
1.5  
1.5  
HIGH-PRESSURE SWITCH (psig)  
Cutout  
Reset (Auto.)  
426  
320  
426  
320  
426  
320  
LOW-PRESSURE SWITCH (psig)  
Cutout  
Reset (Auto.)  
7
22  
7
22  
7
22  
RETURN-AIR FILTERS (W x H x T)  
Quantity...Size (in.)  
10...20 x 24 x 2  
10...20 x 24 x 2  
10...20 x 24 x 2  
OUTDOOR-AIR FILTERS  
Quantity...Size (in.)  
8...16 x 25  
4...20 x 25  
8...16 x 25  
4...20 x 25  
8...16 x 25  
4...20 x 25  
POWER EXHAUST  
Motor, Quantity...Hp  
Fan, Diameter...Width (in.)  
Direct Drive, 3-Speed, Single-Phase Motor (Factory-Wired for High Speed) and Forward Curved Fan  
4...1  
11...10  
*Sizes 024-034: Circuit 1 uses the lower portion of condenser coil, Circuit 2 uses the upper portion.  
Sizes 038-048: Circuit 1 uses the left condenser coil, Circuit 2 the right. All units have intertwined evaporator coils.  
†Motor and drive shown will deliver approximately 2.5 in. wg net external static. For more information, see Table 3.  
**Rollout switch is manual reset.  
NOTE: High heat is for 48EJ,EW only.  
24  
Table 1B — Physical Data — 48EJ,EK,EW,EY Units (cont)  
UNIT 48EJ,EK,EW,EY  
NOMINAL CAPACITY (tons)  
OPERATING WEIGHT (lb)  
054D/E  
50  
058D/E  
55  
064D/E  
60  
068D/E  
65  
For Operating Weights see Table 2.  
COMPRESSOR  
Quantity...Type (Ckt 1, Ckt 2)  
Number of Refrigerant Circuits  
Oil (oz) (Ckt 1, Ckt 2)  
1...06EA265, 1...06EA250  
1...06EA275, 1...06EA250  
1...06EA275, 1...06EA265  
2...06EA275  
2
304, 304  
2
2
2
304, 224  
304, 224  
304, 304  
REFRIGERANT TYPE  
Operating Charge (lb-oz)  
Circuit 1*  
R-22  
50-11  
46-8  
57-0  
48-6  
68-0  
68-0  
81-0  
73-0  
Circuit 2  
CONDENSER COIL  
Quantity  
Rows...Fins/in.  
Total Face Area (sq ft)  
Cross-Hatched 3/8″-in. Copper Tubes, Aluminum Lanced, Aluminum Pre-Coated, or Copper Plate Fins  
1
1
1
1
2
2
3...15  
2...15  
3...15  
2...15  
3...15  
100  
4...15  
100  
66.6  
100.0  
CONDENSER FAN  
Nominal Cfm  
Propeller Type  
30,000  
4...30  
1
43,900  
6...30  
1
43,900  
6...30  
1
43,900  
6...30  
1
Quantity...Diameter (in.)  
Motor Hp (1075 Rpm)  
EVAPORATOR COIL  
Rows...Fins/in.  
Total Face Area (sq ft)  
Cross-Hatched 1/2″-in. Copper Tubes, Aluminum Plate Fins, Intertwined Circuits  
4...17  
45.0  
4...17  
45.0  
4...17  
48.1  
4...17  
48.1  
EVAPORATOR FAN  
Centrifugal Type  
Quantity...Size (in.)  
3...20x15  
Belt  
3...20x15  
Belt  
3...20x15  
Belt  
3...20x15  
Belt  
Type Drive  
Nominal Cfm  
20,000  
20†  
22,000  
25†  
24,000  
30†  
26,000  
30†  
Motor Hp  
15  
25  
20  
30  
S286T  
25  
S284T  
40  
25  
40  
Motor Frame Size  
S254T  
S256T  
Ball  
S284T  
S256T  
S284T  
Ball  
S286T  
Ball  
S324T  
S284T  
S286T  
Ball  
S324T  
Motor Bearing Type  
Maximum Allowable Rpm  
Motor Pulley Pitch Diameter  
Nominal Motor Shaft Diameter (in.)  
Fan Pulley Pitch Diameter (in.)  
Nominal Fan Shaft Diameter (in.)  
Belt, Quantity...Type  
Length (in.)  
1200  
6.1  
1200  
6.7  
1200  
8.1  
1200  
5.9  
4.7  
15/8  
11.1  
8.1  
17/8  
12.5  
5.9  
15/8  
11.1  
7.5  
17/8  
11.1  
5.3  
17/8  
9.1  
9.4  
21/8  
13.6  
6.7  
17/8  
12.5  
9.4  
21/8  
13.6  
15/8  
17/8  
17/8  
17/8  
11.1  
11.1  
12.5  
9.5  
115  
/
115  
/
115  
/
115/  
16  
16  
16  
16  
2...5VX550 2...5VX570 2...5VX630 2...5VX570 2...5VX590 2...5VX590 3...5VX530 2...5VX630 2...5VX650 2...5VX610 3...5VX550 2...5VX650  
55 57 63 57 59 59 53 63 65 61 55 59  
15.2-17.5 15.2-17.5 14.7-17.2 15.2-17.5 14.7-17.2 14.7-17.2 14.7-17.2 14.7-17.2 14.2-17.0 14.7-17.2 14.7-17.2 14.3-17.0  
Pulley Center Line Distance (in.)  
Factory Speed Setting (rpm)  
741  
962  
1134  
930  
1056  
1182  
1019  
1134  
1214  
938  
1087  
1214  
FURNACE SECTION  
Rollout Switch Cutout Temp (F)**  
Burner Orifice Diameter  
(in. ...drill size)  
225  
225  
225  
225  
Natural Gas  
Liquid Propane  
Std  
Alt  
.120...31  
.096...41  
.120...31  
.096...41  
.120...31  
.096...41  
.120...31  
.096...41  
Thermostat Heat Anticipator  
Setting (amps)  
Stage 1  
0.1  
0.1  
0.1  
0.1  
0.1  
0.1  
0.1  
0.1  
Stage 2  
Gas Input (Btuh)  
Stage 1  
Stage 2  
441,000/ 873,000  
662,400/1,164,000  
82  
441,000/ 873,000  
662,400/1,164,000  
82  
441,000/ 873,000  
662,400/1,164,000  
82  
441,000/ 873,000  
662,400/1,164,000  
82  
Efficiency (Steady State) (%)  
Temperature Rise Range  
10-40/30-60  
5 - 13.5  
10-40/30-60  
5 - 13.5  
10-40/30-60  
5 - 13.5  
10-40/30-60  
5 - 13.5  
Gas Pressure to Unit Range (in. wg)  
Manifold Pressure (in. wg)  
Natural Gas  
Std  
Alt  
3.3  
3.3  
3
3.3  
3.3  
3
3.3  
3.3  
3
3.3  
3.3  
3
Liquid Propane  
Gas Valve Quantity  
Field Gas Connection Size  
(in.-FPT)  
2.5  
2.5  
2.5  
2.5  
HIGH-PRESSURE SWITCH (psig)  
Cutout  
Reset (Auto.)  
426  
320  
426  
320  
426  
320  
426  
320  
LOW-PRESSURE SWITCH (psig)  
Cutout  
Reset (Auto.)  
7
22  
7
22  
7
22  
7
22  
RETURN-AIR FILTERS (W x H x T)  
Quantity...Size (in.)  
16...20 x 24 x 2  
16...20 x 24 x 2  
16...20 x 24 x 2  
16...20 x 24 x 2  
OUTDOOR-AIR FILTERS  
Quantity...Size (in.)  
12...16 x 25  
6...20 x 25  
12...16 x 25  
6...20 x 25  
12...16 x 25  
6...20 x 25  
12...16 x 25  
6...20 x 25  
POWER EXHAUST  
Motor, Quantity...Hp  
Fan, Diameter...Width (in.)  
Direct Drive, 3-Speed, Single-Phase Motor (Factory-Wired for High Speed) and Forward Curved Fan  
6...1  
11...10  
*Circuit 1 uses the left condenser coil. Circuit 2 the right. All units have intertwined evaporator coils.  
†Motor and drive shown will deliver approximately 2.5 in. wg net external static pressure. For more information see Table 3.  
**Rollout switch is manual reset.  
NOTE: High heat is for 48EJ,EW.  
25  
Table 2 — Operating Weights  
48AJ,AK,AW,AY Units  
BASE UNIT WEIGHTS (Lb)*  
UNIT  
020  
025  
027  
030  
035  
040  
050  
060  
48AJD,AKD  
48AJE  
48AWD,AYD  
48AWE  
4287  
4367  
4327  
4407  
4373  
4453  
4413  
4493  
4394  
4474  
4434  
4514  
4394  
4474  
4434  
4514  
5073  
5233  
5113  
5273  
5515  
5675  
5555  
5715  
5628  
5788  
5668  
5828  
7480  
7720  
7520  
7760  
OPTION/ACCESSORY WEIGHTS (Lb)  
OPTION/  
ACCESSORY  
020  
300  
450  
500  
220  
365  
025  
300  
450  
500  
220  
365  
027  
300  
450  
500  
220  
365  
030  
300  
450  
500  
220  
365  
035  
300  
450  
500  
285  
410  
040  
300  
450  
500  
285  
410  
050  
300  
450  
500  
380  
410  
060  
450  
675  
725  
651  
585  
Barometric Relief  
Power Exhaust  
Modulating Power Exhaust  
Cu Tubing/Cu Fin Condenser Coil  
Roof Curb (14-in. curb)  
48EJ,EK,EW,EY Units  
BASE UNIT WEIGHTS (Lb)*  
UNIT  
024  
028  
030  
034  
038  
044  
048  
054  
058  
064  
068  
48EJ,EKD  
48EJE  
48EW,EYD  
48EWE  
4287  
4367  
4327  
4407  
4373  
4453  
4413  
4493  
4373  
4453  
4413  
4493  
4373  
4453  
4413  
4493  
5012  
5172  
5052  
5212  
5238  
5398  
5278  
5438  
5525  
5685  
5565  
5725  
6805  
7045  
6845  
7085  
7055  
7295  
7095  
7335  
7305  
7545  
7345  
7585  
7480  
7720  
7520  
7760  
OPTION/ACCESSORY WEIGHTS (Lb)  
OPTION/  
ACCESSORY  
024  
028  
030  
300  
450  
500  
220  
365  
034  
300  
450  
500  
220  
365  
038  
300  
450  
500  
285  
410  
044  
300  
450  
500  
285  
410  
048  
300  
450  
500  
380  
410  
054  
450  
675  
725  
271  
585  
058  
064  
068  
450  
675  
725  
651  
585  
Barometric Relief  
Power Exhaust  
Modular Power Exhaust  
Cu Tubing/Cu Fin Condenser Coil  
Roof Curb (14-in. curb)  
300  
450  
500  
220  
365  
300  
450  
500  
220  
365  
450  
675  
725  
407  
585  
450  
675  
725  
489  
585  
CV MOTOR WEIGHTS (Lb)  
STANDARD  
VAV MOTOR WEIGHTS (Lb)  
STANDARD  
HIGH  
EFFICIENCY  
IFM  
HIGH  
EFFICIENCY  
IFM  
MOTOR  
HP  
UNIT  
MOTOR  
HP  
UNIT  
EFFICIENCY  
IFM  
EFFICIENCY  
IFM  
VOLTAGE  
VOLTAGE  
230/460  
575  
230/460  
575  
230/460  
575  
230/460  
575  
230/460  
575  
230/460  
575  
230/460  
575  
230/460  
575  
78  
78  
94  
92  
230/460  
575  
230/460  
575  
230/460  
575  
230/460  
575  
230/460  
575  
230/460  
575  
230/460  
575  
230/460  
575  
125  
163  
183  
193  
204  
204  
238  
240  
348  
304  
377  
375  
480  
418  
637  
587  
141  
177  
211  
222  
250  
242  
305  
310  
386  
350  
446  
454  
552  
494  
680  
625  
5
5
107  
107  
118  
118  
150  
150  
212  
212  
240  
240  
283  
283  
372  
372  
135  
136  
164  
156  
217  
220  
250  
258  
309  
319  
355  
359  
415  
410  
7.5  
10  
15  
20  
25  
30  
40  
7.5  
10  
15  
20  
25  
30  
40  
LEGEND  
Copper  
Constant Volume  
NOTES:  
1. Base unit weight includes outdoor-air hoods. Base unit weight  
does NOT include indoor-fan motor. ADD indoor-fan motor,  
FIOPs, and accessories for TOTAL operating weight.  
Cu  
CV  
—
—
FIOP — Factory-Installed Option  
2. The VAV motor weights include indoor fan motor and the VFD  
(variable frequency drive), compressor electric unloaders, VFD  
transducers, and associated wiring.  
HP  
—
—
—
—
Horsepower  
IFM  
VAV  
VFD  
Indoor Fan Motor  
Variable Air Volume  
Variable Frequency Drive  
*Outdoor-air hoods and filters included in base unit weights; indoor-  
fan motors are NOT included.  
26  
Table 3 — Evaporator Fan Motor Data  
MOTOR  
FAN  
SHEAVE  
PITCH  
DIAMETER  
(in.)  
UNIT  
SIZE  
UNIT  
SIZE  
FAN  
MOTOR  
SHAFT DIA.  
(in.)  
SHEAVE  
PITCH  
BUSHING  
DIAMETER  
(in.)  
BUSHING  
DIAMETER  
(in.)  
BELT  
TENSION  
(lb at .25 in.)  
MOTOR  
HP  
SHAFT MOTOR  
SPEED SHEAVE  
(rpm)  
FAN  
SHEAVE  
BELT  
(Quantity)  
48AJ,AK, 48EJ,EK,  
DIAMETER  
(in.)  
AW,AY  
EW,EY  
5
10  
15  
1.125  
1.375  
1.625  
717  
924  
1096  
BK55  
2BK50  
2B5V56  
4.9  
4.4  
5.7  
NONE — 1.125 1B5V124  
NONE — 1.375 2B5V86  
12.4  
8.6  
9.1  
B—1.9375  
B—1.9375  
BX56  
8
8
9
020  
024  
(2) BX50  
B — 1.625  
2B5V90  
B—1.9375 (2) 5VX530  
7.5  
10  
15  
1.375  
1.375  
1.625  
773  
962  
BK60H  
1B5V60  
2B5V54  
5.4  
6.1  
5.5  
H — 1.375  
H — 1.375  
B — 1.625  
1B5V124  
1B5V110  
2B5V86  
12.4  
11.1  
8.7  
B—1.9375  
B—1.9375  
BX56  
10  
11  
9
025  
027  
030  
035  
040  
050  
—
028  
030  
034  
038  
044  
048  
054  
058  
064  
068  
5VX570  
1106  
B—1.9375 (2) 5VX530  
10  
15  
20  
1.375  
1.625  
1.625  
848  
1059  
1187  
2BK50  
2B5V48  
2B5V58  
4.4  
4.9  
5.9  
NONE — 1.375 2B5V94  
B — 1.625  
B — 1.625  
9.4  
8.1  
8.7  
B—1.9375  
B—1.9375 (2) 5VX500  
B—1.9375 (2) 5VX530  
(2) BX50  
8
10  
11  
2B5V80  
2B5V86  
10  
15  
20  
1.375  
1.625  
1.625  
884  
1096  
1187  
2BK50  
2B5V56  
2B5V58  
4.4  
5.7  
5.9  
H — 1.375  
B — 1.625  
B — 1.625  
2B5V90  
2B5V90  
2B5V86  
9.0  
9.1  
8.7  
B—1.9375  
B—1.9375 (2) 5VX530  
B—1.9375 (2) 5VX530  
(2) BX50  
8
9
11  
10  
15  
20  
1.375  
1.625  
1.625  
779  
976  
1050  
1B5V60  
2B5V52  
2B5V56  
6.1  
5.3  
5.7  
NONE — 1.375 1B5V136  
B — 1.625  
B — 1.625  
13.7  
9.5  
9.5  
B—1.9375  
B—1.9375 (2) 5VX530  
B—1.9375 (2) 5VX550  
5VX610  
12  
10  
11  
2B5V94  
2B5V94  
15  
20  
25  
1.625  
1.625  
1.875  
976  
1050  
1182  
2B5V52  
2B5V56  
2B5V74  
5.3  
5.7  
7.5  
B — 1.625  
B — 1.625  
B — 1.875  
2B5V94  
2B5V94  
2B5V110  
9.5  
9.5  
11.1  
B—1.9375 (2) 5VX530  
B—1.9375 (2) 5VX550  
B—1.9375 (2) 5VX590  
10  
11  
11  
20  
25  
30  
1.625  
1.875  
1.875  
993  
1134  
1182  
2B5V62  
2B5V80  
2B5V74  
6.3  
8.1  
7.5  
B — 1.625  
B — 1.875  
B — 1.875  
2B5V110  
2B5V124  
2B5V110  
11.1  
12.5  
11.1  
B—1.9375 (2) 5VX570  
B—1.9375 (2) 5VX630  
B—1.9375 (2) 5VX590  
11  
11  
13  
15  
20  
25  
1.625  
1.625  
1.875  
741  
962  
1134  
2B5V46  
2B5V60  
2B5V80  
4.7  
6.1  
8.1  
B — 1.625  
B — 1.625  
B — 1.875  
2B5V110  
2B5V110  
2B5V124  
11.1  
11.1  
12.5  
B—1.9375 (2) 5VX550  
B—1.9375 (2) 5VX570  
B—1.9375 (2) 5VX630  
11  
12  
12  
20  
25  
30  
1.625  
1.875  
1.875  
930  
1056  
1182  
2B5V58  
2B5V66  
2B5V74  
5.9  
6.7  
7.5  
B — 1.625  
B — 1.875  
B — 1.875  
2B5V110  
2B5V110  
2B5V110  
11.1  
11.1  
11.1  
B—1.9375 (2) 5VX570  
B—1.9375 (2) 5VX590  
B—1.9375 (2) 5VX590  
13  
14  
14  
—
25  
30  
40  
1.875  
1.875  
2.125  
1019  
1134  
1214  
3B5V52  
2B5V80  
2B5V94  
5.3  
8.1  
9.4  
B — 1.875  
B — 1.875  
B — 2.125  
3B5V90  
2B5V124  
2B5V136  
9.1  
12.5  
13.6  
B—1.9375 (3) 5VX530  
B—1.9375 (2) 5VX630  
B—1.9375 (2) 5VX650  
12  
14  
15  
060  
25  
30  
40  
1.875  
1.875  
2.125  
938  
1087  
1214  
2B5V66  
3B5V58  
2B5V94  
6.7  
5.9  
9.4  
B — 1.875  
B — 1.875  
B — 2.125  
2B5V124  
3B5V94  
2B5V136  
12.5  
9.5  
13.6  
B—1.9375 (2) 5VX610  
B—1.9375 (3) 5VX550  
B—1.9375 (2) 5VX650  
14  
13  
15  
—
NOTES:  
1. Motor shaft speed is 1750 rpm. The fan shaft diameter is 115  
/16 inches.  
2. All indoor fan motors meet the minimum efficiency requirements  
as established by the Energy Policy Act of 1992 (EPACT), effective  
October 24, 1997.  
Fig. 19 — Air Distribution — Thru-the-Side  
Fig. 18 — Air Distribution — Thru-the-Bottom  
27  
Step 5 — Install Flue Hood  
48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-050 AND 48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-048  
UNITS — Flue hood is shipped inside gas section of unit. To  
install, secure flue hood to access panel. See Fig. 20A.  
48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 AND 48EJ,EK,EW,EY054-068  
UNITS — Flue hood and wind baffle are shipped inside gas  
section of unit. To install, secure flue hood to access panel. In-  
stall the two pieces of the wind baffle over the flue hood. See  
Fig. 20B.  
NOTE: When properly installed, flue hood will line up with  
combustion fan housing. See Fig. 21.  
Fig. 21 — Combustion Fan Housing Location  
Step 6 — Trap Condensate Drain — See Fig. 5-16  
for drain location. Condensate drain is open to atmosphere and  
must be trapped. Install a trapped drain at the drain location.  
One 1-in. FPT coupling is provided inside the unit evaporator  
section for condensate drain connection. A trap at least 4-in.  
deep must be used. See Fig. 22. Trap must be installed to pre-  
vent freeze-up.  
Condensate pans are sloped so that water will completely  
drain from the condensate pan to comply with indoor air quali-  
ty guidelines. The condensate drain pans are not insulated.  
Fig. 20A — Flue Hood Location  
(48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-050 and  
48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-048 Units)  
GAS SECTION  
ACCESS PANEL  
Fig. 22 — Condensate Drain Trap Piping Details  
(Typical Roof Curb or Slab Mount Shown)  
FLUE HOOD  
Step 7 — Install Gas Piping — Unit is equipped for  
use with natural gas. Installation must conform with local  
building codes or, in the absence of local codes, with the Na-  
tional Fuel Gas Code, ANSI Z223.1.  
WIND  
BAFFLE  
Install manual gas shutoff valve with a 1/8-in. NPT pressure  
tap for test gage connection at unit. Field gas piping must in-  
clude sediment trap and union. See Fig. 23. An 1/8-in. NPT is  
also located on the gas manifold adjacent to the gas valve.  
TOP VIEW  
SIDE VIEW  
Do not pressure test gas supply while connected to unit.  
Always disconnect union before servicing.  
Fig. 20B — Flue Hood Location  
(48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 and  
48EJ,EK,EW,EY054-068 Units)  
28  
OPTIONAL STAGED GAS UNITS — The staging pattern  
is selected based on Heat Stage Type (HTSTGTYP). Max  
Capacity per changes default value is selected based on Capac-  
ity Maximum Stage (CAPMXSTG). See Table 4.  
For complete information and service instructions for  
Staged Gas Control Units, see Control Operation and Trouble-  
shooting literature.  
IMPORTANT: Natural gas pressure at unit gas connection  
must not be less than 5 in. wg or greater than 13.5 in. wg.  
Size gas-supply piping for 0.5-in. wg maximum pressure  
drop. Do not use supply pipe smaller than unit gas connection.  
Step 8 — Controls Options — The control options  
that the units can provide are based on the following parame-  
ters: CV (constant volume) or VAV (variable air volume) oper-  
ation; stand-alone unit with field-supplied sensors installed  
(CV or VAV); as a system via Carrier Comfort System (TEMP  
or VVT® [Variable Volume and Temperature]); optional elec-  
tronic expansion board installed (CV or VAV); linked to the  
Carrier Comfort Network; availability of a computer and soft-  
ware (ComfortWORKS® Building Supervisor, and Service  
Tool) or remote enhanced display accessory installed to access  
the base control board; and optional factory-installed staged  
gas control. See Table 5.  
NOTE: Access to the base control board allows unit occu-  
pancy schedules, unit timeclock, and various set points to be  
changed from their factory-defined default settings.  
Fig. 23 — Field Gas Piping  
Table 4 — 48A,E Series Staged Gas Implementation  
MODEL NUMBER POSITION  
POSITION  
NUMBER OF STAGES  
HEAT SIZE  
3
5
6,7,8  
HTSTGTYP  
CAPMXSTG  
024  
028  
030  
034  
038  
044  
048  
020  
025  
027  
030  
035  
040  
050  
E
S
Default=1  
Default=1  
Default=20  
Low  
5 stages  
A
S
Default=20  
Low  
038  
044  
048  
035  
040  
050  
E
A
T
T
Default=1  
Default=1  
Default=20  
Default=20  
High  
High  
024  
028  
030  
034  
020  
025  
027  
030  
E
A
T
T
Default=2  
Default=2  
Default=15  
Default=15  
High  
High  
7 stages  
054  
058  
064  
068  
E
A
E
A
T
T
S
S
Default=3  
Default=3  
Default=4  
Default=4  
Default=15  
Default=15  
Default=15  
Default=15  
High  
High  
Low  
Low  
9 stages  
060  
054  
058  
064  
068  
11 stages  
060  
29  
Table 5 — Controls Options and Configurations (Non-Thermostat Applications)  
UNIT CONFIGURATION  
DEFAULT COOLING  
DEFAULT HEATING  
Unoccupied Cooling — 90 F (32 C) (SPT)  
Occupied Cooling — NA  
Unoccupied Heating — 55 F (13 C) (SPT)  
Occupied Heating — NA  
CV or VAV Unit with SPT Sensor  
CV Unit with SPT Sensor and Remote  
Start/Stop Switch  
Unoccupied Cooling — 90 F (32 C) (SPT)  
Occupied Cooling — 78 F (26 C) (SPT)  
Unoccupied Heating — 55 F (13 C) (SPT)  
Occupied Heating — 68 F (20 C) (SPT)  
Unoccupied Cooling — 90 F (32 C)(SPT)  
Occupied Cooling — 55 F (13 C) SPT)  
Unoccupied Heating — 55 F (13 C) (RAT)  
Occupied Heating — 68 F (20 C) (RAT)*  
VAV Unit Remote Start/Stop Switch Only  
VAV Unit with SPT Sensor and Remote  
Start/Stop Switch  
Unoccupied Cooling — 90 F (32 C) (SPT)  
Occupied Cooling — 55 F (13 C) (SAT)  
Unoccupied Heating — 55 F (13C) (SPT)  
Occupied Heating — 68 F (20 C) (RAT)*  
LEGEND  
CV  
—
—
—
—
Constant Volume  
NA  
Not Available  
RAT  
SAT  
SPT  
VAV  
Return-Air Temperature  
Supply-Air Temperature  
Space Temperature  
Variable Air Volume  
—
*With DIP Switch No. 5 configured to OPEN (Occupied Heat Enabled).  
NOTE: Space temperature sensor and remote start/stop switch are field-supplied.  
STAGED GAS UNIT APPLICATIONS — The rooftop units  
may be ordered with an optional factory-installed staged gas  
control system that monitors heating operation of the rooftop  
unit.  
THERMISTORS — All units are equipped with a supply air  
thermistor (SAT) located in the supply fan discharge and an  
outdoor air thermistor (OAT) located in the outdoor air hood.  
Variable air volume (VAV) units are supplied with a return air  
thermistor (RAT) located on the return air damper support.  
CONSTANT VOLUME APPLICATIONS — The units, as  
shipped, are operable as stand-alone units, using either a stan-  
dard (mechanical or electronic) 2-stage heat, 2-stage cool ther-  
mostat, or with an electronic room sensor and a timeclock to  
establish unit start and stop times.  
With a standard thermostat (programmable is optional),  
heating and cooling operation is set by space temperature.  
With a space sensor and timeclock, the machine will operate  
at default values unless they are changed using appropriate in-  
put devices. The space sensor senses space temperature and  
may be equipped with a timed override feature, which allows  
unit operation during unoccupied periods.  
IMPORTANT: An accessory field-supplied Navigator dis-  
play module is required for all staged gas control units.  
Install Supply-Air Thermistors (Staged Gas Units Only) —  
Supply-air thermistors are a field-installed factory-provided  
component. Three supply-air thermistors are shipped with  
staged gas units and are inside the heating section. Thermistor  
wires must be connected to SGC (staged gas controller) in the  
heating section. See Table 6 and Fig 24. The supply-air ther-  
mistors should be located in the supply duct with the following  
criteria:  
• downstream of the heat exchanger cells  
• equally spaced as far as possible from the heat exchanger  
cells  
• a duct location where none of the supply air thermistors  
are within sight of the heat exchanger cells  
• a duct location with good mixed supply air portion of the  
unit.  
The space sensors may be used in multiples of 4 or 9 to  
achieve space temperature averaging. The use of a space sensor  
also allows the unit to be turned on and off from a remote  
signal.  
Table 6 — Thermistor Designations  
PIN  
FUNCTION AND LOCATION  
Thermistors  
THERMISTOR  
CONNECTION  
POINT  
PART NO.  
Supply Air Thermistor (SAT) — Inserted into supply section  
SAT 1  
SAT 2  
SAT 3  
J8 – 1,2 (SGC)  
J8 – 3,4 (SGC)  
J8 – 5,6 (SGC)  
underneath the gas heat section (factory-provided, field-installed)  
Supply Air Thermistor (SAT) — Inserted into supply section  
underneath the gas heat section (factory-provided, field-installed)  
Supply Air Thermistor (SAT) — Inserted into supply section  
underneath the gas heat section (factory-provided, field-installed)  
HH79NZ016  
30  
NOTE: A CV unit without a thermostat requires a field-  
supplied sensor for operation.  
Features with Sensor Control of Unit (Stand-Alone Applica-  
tions — Unit control is limited to CV unoccupied default set  
points, 90 F for cooling, 55 F for heating unless a computer has  
been used to change the set points. There are 2 sensor options  
available:  
• T-55 sensor will monitor room temperature and provide  
unoccupied override capability (1 hour)  
• T-56 sensor will monitor room temperature, provide  
unoccupied override capability (1 hour), and provide a  
temperature offset of 5° F.  
Standard features are:  
• support of remote occupied/unoccupied input to start and  
stop the unit  
• cooling capacity control of 3 stages using economizer  
and 2 compressors to maintain space temperature to an  
occupied or unoccupied set point  
• enable heating or cooling during unoccupied periods as  
required to maintain space temperature within the unoc-  
cupied set points  
• adjustment of space temperature set points of ±5° F when  
using a T-56 sensor  
• provides CCN (Carrier Comfort Network) IAQ (Indoor-  
Air Quality) participation  
• control of modulating economizer damper to maintain  
indoor air quality (IAQ) when outdoor conditions are  
suitable (this function is provided in the base unit con-  
trols on units with serial number 0600F or later)  
NOTE: The IAQ sensor must be set for current output (4 to  
20 mA), not voltage output. Ensure the jumper on the sensor is  
in the upper position. See Fig. 25.  
Additional features with sensor control of unit (with com-  
puter access or Remote Enhanced Display) are:  
Fig. 24 — Supply-Air Thermistor Connections  
• 365-day timeclock with backup (supports minute, hour,  
day of week, date, month, and year)  
Features with Thermostat Control of Unit  
• two-stage heating  
• two-stage cooling  
• control of unit using Y1, Y2, W1, W2, and G thermostat  
inputs  
• control of the indoor fan  
• outdoor-air temperature/supply-air temperature  
monitoring  
• control of an outdoor air condenser fan based on out-  
door-air temperature  
• control of modulating economizer damper to provide  
free cooling when outdoor conditions are suitable, using  
supply-air temperature as a control point  
• control of the economizer damper and indoor fan to  
obtain unoccupied free cooling  
• daylight savings time function  
• occupancy control with 8 periods for unit operation  
• holiday table containing up to 18 holiday schedules  
• ability to initiate timed override from T-55 or T-56 sen-  
sors for a timed period of 1 to 4 hours  
• ability to use multiple space temperature sensors to aver-  
age the space temperature  
• supply-air temperature reset for the supply-air tempera-  
ture set point  
• temperature compensated start to calculate early start  
times before occupancy  
• access to the Display, Maintenance, Configuration, Ser-  
vice, and Set Point data tables through network software  
• loadshed and demand limiting  
When the unit is equipped with a field-supplied space tem-  
perature sensor and a remote contact closure (remote start/  
stop) on the base control board, the occupied default set points  
will monitor unit operation. The occupied default set points are  
78 F cooling and 68 F heating (if heating is present). See  
Fig. 26 for remote start/stop wiring.  
NOTE: For units with a field-supplied space temperature sen-  
sor which have not had the base unit control board accessed  
via software to set an occupancy schedule, the remote start/  
stop closure will allow the unit to operate in the pre-configured  
occupied default set points of 78 F cooling and 68 F heating.  
Without this feature, the unit will control to the unoccupied  
default set points of 90 F cooling and 55 F heating.  
• provide power exhaust output to an external power  
exhaust controller  
• support a field test for field checkout  
• control of 2 stages of CV power exhaust  
• compressor Time Guard® (power up, minimum off and  
on times)  
• compressor lockout during low supply-air temperature  
Additional features are provided by accessing the standard  
unit control board via software with a computer. These features  
are:  
• electronic expansion board features (if installed)  
• control board diagnostics  
• ability to change supply air set point (economizer control)  
• ability to change high outdoor temperature lockout set  
point (economizer control)  
• ability to change power exhaust set points  
31  
See Carrier TEMP or VVT® (Variable Volume and Tem-  
perature) literature for complete TEMP (single zone) or VVT  
(multi-zone) application information.  
JUMPER CONNECTION  
FOR VOLTAGE OUTPUT  
Features with Sensor Control of Unit (Network Applica-  
tions) — The base control board provides, as standard, a con-  
nection for use with a Carrier VVT system and can also be in-  
tegrated into a Carrier Comfort Network.  
When the unit is accessed via a PC equipped with  
ComfortWORKS®, Building Supervisor, Service Tool soft-  
ware, or accessory Remote Enhanced Display, the following  
features can be accessed:  
• on-board timeclock can be programmed  
• occupancy schedules can be programmed  
• unit set points can be changed  
JUMPER CONNECTION  
FOR CURRENT OUTPUT  
• alarms can be monitored  
This access is available on the base control board via a  
RJ-11 phone jack or a 3-wire connection to the communication  
bus. See Fig. 27. The timeclock has a 10-hour minimum back-  
up time to provide for unit power off for servicing unit or dur-  
ing unexpected power outages. For complete Carrier Comfort  
System (CCS) or Carrier Comfort Network (CCN) features  
and benefits, refer to the product literature.  
VARIABLE AIR VOLUME (VAV) APPLICATIONS  
Fig. 25 — Indoor Air Quality Sensor Configuration  
Features with Stand-Alone Applications — The units, as  
shipped, are operable as stand-alone units with the addition of a  
timeclock to establish unit start and stop times.  
Heating and cooling in both on and off modes is controlled  
to default values by the base unit control. Set points may be  
changed with appropriate input devices.  
REMOTE  
START/STOP  
SWITCH  
(FIELD-SUPPLIED)  
R
Y1  
Y2  
W1  
W2  
G
The control has an on-board occupancy schedule which can  
be set using an input device and eliminates the need for an ex-  
ternal timeclock.  
During both the on and off periods, cooling operation is  
controlled to the supply air setting and heating is controlled to  
the return air setting (or to the optional space temperature sen-  
sor). During the on period, the supply fan runs continuously.  
During the off period, the supply fan will be activated if the re-  
turn air sensor is outside of the set points and will run long  
enough to accurately sample the space temperature. The supply  
fan will then continue to run until any heating or cooling load is  
satisfied, at which point it will turn off.  
C
X
The use of a space sensor will allow for supply air reset to  
conserve energy and maintain comfort. If equipped with an  
override feature, the sensor will allow operation during the off  
period for a fixed length of time.  
CONTROL  
BOX  
LEGEND  
Field Supplied Wiring  
Base unit control supports a Heat Interlock Relay (field sup-  
plied) to fully open the VAV terminal devices during heating  
operation.  
Fig. 26 — Field Control Remote Start/Stop  
Standard features of a VAV unit with a remote start/stop  
switch are:  
• control board diagnostics  
• control of an outdoor condenser fan based upon outdoor  
air temperature  
• control of modulating economizer to provide free cool-  
ing when outdoor conditions are suitable, using supply-  
air temperature as a set point  
• support of remote occupied/unoccupied input to start or  
stop the unit  
• provide power exhaust output to an external power  
exhaust controller  
• support supply-air temperature reset to offset supply air  
set point  
An electronic expansion board may be field-installed to pro-  
vide the following features:  
• provide discrete inputs for fan status, filter status, field-  
applied status, and demand limit  
• provide an output for the external alarm light indicator  
• provide power exhaust fire outputs for direct control of  
modulated power exhaust stages during fire or smoke  
modes  
• control of smoke control modes including evacuation,  
smoke purge, pressurization, and fire shutdown (modu-  
lating power exhaust required)  
When the unit is connected to the CCN (Carrier Comfort  
Network), the following expansion board features can be  
utilized:  
• perform Demand Limit functions based on CCN load-  
shed commands or the state of the discrete input  
• alarm monitoring of all key parameters  
• CCN protocol  
• support a field test for field check out  
• support linkage to DAV (digital air volume) systems  
• cooling capacity control of up to 6 stages plus econo-  
mizer with compressors and unloaders to maintain sup-  
ply air temperature set point during occupied periods  
32  
• control of one stage of heat to maintain return-air tem-  
perature at heating set point during occupied periods  
• provide a variable frequency drive high voltage relay  
output to enable VFD  
operation. The occupied default set points are 55 F (supply-air  
temperature) cooling and 68 F (return-air temperature) heating.  
See Fig. 26 for remote start/stop wiring.  
NOTE: For units without a space temperature sensor and  
which have not had the base unit control board accessed via  
software to set an occupancy schedule, the remote start/stop  
closure will allow the unit to operate in the pre-configured  
occupied default set points of 55 F (supply-air temperature)  
cooling and 68 F (return-air temperature) heating. Without an  
occupancy schedule, the unit will control to the unoccupied  
default set points of 90 F (return-air temperature) cooling and  
55 F (return-air temperature) heating.  
Features with Network Applications — The base control  
board provides, as standard, a connection for use with a Carrier  
Comfort System and can also be integrated into a Carrier Com-  
fort Network (CCN). When the unit is accessed via a PC  
equipped with ComfortWORKS, Building Supervisor, or Ser-  
vice Tool software or Remote Enhanced Display accessory, the  
following features can be accessed:  
• control of heat interlock relay  
• IAQ (Indoor Air Quality) sensor  
• OAQ (Outdoor Air Quality) sensor  
• DX compressor lockout occurs at 45 F outdoor air tem-  
perature and is factory-enabled on units with serial num-  
ber 0600F or later. This feature may be disabled through  
the use of a computer  
• compressor Time Guard® override (power up, minimum  
off and on times)  
With the addition of a remote start/stop switch heating or  
cooling is enabled during unoccupied periods as required to  
maintain space temperature to within unoccupied set points.  
Occupied heating is enabled or disabled by the position of  
DIP (dual in-line package) switch no. 5.  
Additional features may be provided with Electronic Ac-  
cess to Unit Control Board. These features are:  
• additional control board diagnostics  
• electronic expansion board features (if installed)  
• control of the economizer damper and indoor fan to  
obtain unoccupied free cooling  
• 365-day timeclock with backup (supports minute, hour,  
day, month, and year)  
• on-board timeclock can be programmed  
• occupancy schedules can be programmed  
• unit set points can be changed  
• alarms can be monitored  
This access is available on the base control board via a  
RJ-11 phone jack or a 3-wire connection to the communication  
bus. See Fig. 27. The internal timeclock has a 10-hour mini-  
mum back-up time to provide for unit power off for servicing  
unit or during unexpected power outages. For complete Carrier  
Comfort System (CCS) or Carrier Comfort Network (CCN)  
features and benefits, refer to the product literature.  
• holiday table containing up to 18 holiday schedules  
• occupancy control with 8 periods for unit operation  
• support a set of display, maintenance, configuration, ser-  
vice, and set point data tables for interface with Building  
Supervisor, ComfortWORKS®, or Service Tool software  
or accessory remote enhanced display  
Step 9 — Make Electrical Connections  
POWER WIRING — Units are factory wired for the voltage  
shown on the unit nameplate.  
When installing units, provide a disconnect per NEC  
(National Electrical Code) of adequate size (MOCP [maximum  
overcurrent protection] of unit is on the informative plate). All  
field wiring must comply with NEC and all local codes and re-  
quirements. Size wire based on MCA (minimum circuit amps)  
on the unit informative plate. See Fig. 28 for power wiring con-  
nections to the unit power terminal block and equipment  
ground.  
• CCN IAQ/OAQ (outdoor air quality) participation  
When a VAV unit with a space temperature sensor is access-  
ed via a computer, the following additional features are  
available:  
• ability to initiate timed override from T-55 sensors  
• temperature compensated start to calculate early start  
time before occupancy  
• provide space temperature reset to reset the supply air set  
point upward when the temperature falls below the occu-  
pied cooling set point  
The main power terminal block is suitable for use with alu-  
minum or copper wire. See Fig. 28. Units have circuit breakers  
for compressors, fan motors, and control circuit. If required by  
local codes, provide an additional disconnect switch. Whenev-  
er external electrical sources are used, unit must be electrically  
grounded in accordance with local codes, or in absence of local  
codes, with NEC, ANSI (American National Standards Insti-  
tute) C1-latest year.  
An electronic expansion board may be field-installed to pro-  
vide the following features:  
• fan status  
• filter status  
• field-applied status  
• demand limiting  
• alarm light  
• fire unit shutdown  
• fire pressurization  
• fire evacuation  
• fire smoke purge  
FIELD POWER SUPPLY — Unit is factory wired for volt-  
age shown on unit nameplate. See Table 7 and 8 for electrical  
data.  
Field wiring can be brought into the unit from bottom  
(through basepan and roof curb) or through side of unit (corner  
post next to control box).  
When the unit is connected to the CCN (Carrier Comfort  
Network), the following features can be utilized:  
• CCN demand limit participation  
• modulated power exhaust override  
• ability to use multiple space temperature sensors (multi-  
ples of 4 and 9 only) to average space temperature (CV  
and VAV only)  
A field-supplied T-55 space temperature sensor can be add-  
ed to monitor room temperature and provide unoccupied over-  
ride capability (1 hour).  
A 31/2-in. NPT coupling for field power wiring and a 3/4-in.  
NPT coupling for 24-v control wiring are provided in basepan.  
In the side post, there are two 21/2-in. (48A020-030 and  
48E024-034) or 3-in. (48A035-060 and 48E038-068) knock-  
outs for the field power wiring. See Fig. 5-16. If control wiring  
7
is to be brought in through the side of unit, a /8-in. diameter  
hole is provided in the condenser side post next to the control  
box.  
When the unit is equipped with a field-supplied space  
temperature sensor and a remote contact closure (remote  
start/stop) the occupied default set points will monitor unit  
If disconnect box is mounted to corner post, be careful not  
to drill any screws into the condenser coil.  
33  
34  
Table 7 — Electrical Data — 48AJ,AK,AW,AY Units  
COMPRESSOR  
POWER  
POWER  
SUPPLY  
VOLTAGE RANGE  
OFM  
IFM  
FLA  
16.7/15.2  
UNIT SIZE  
48AJ,AK,  
AW,AY  
NOMINAL  
VOLTAGE  
EXHAUST  
No. 1  
No. 2  
FLA  
(total)  
(3 PH, 60 Hz)  
Min  
Max  
RLA LRA RLA LRA Qty FLA Hp  
MCA  
MOCP*  
—
23.6/23.6  
—
23.6/23.6  
—
23.6/23.6  
—
12.6  
—
12.6  
—
12.6  
—
12.6  
—
12.6  
—
12.6  
—
23.6/23.6  
—
23.6/23.6  
—
23.6/23.6  
—
12.6  
—
12.6  
—
12.6  
—
12.6  
—
101.8/100.3  
125.4/123.9  
115.9/113.1  
139.5/136.7  
133.1/127.8  
156.7/151.4  
49.4  
125/125  
150/150  
150/150  
175/175  
175/150  
200/175  
60  
5
5.3  
208/230  
187  
253  
39.1 228 25.6 160  
2
2
2
2
2
2
10 30.8/28.0  
15 46.2/42.0  
(ea)  
5
7.6  
14  
21  
6.1  
11  
17  
62.0  
55.8  
68.4  
63.1  
75.7  
40.5  
53.1  
45.4  
80  
70  
80  
80  
90  
50  
60  
60  
2.7  
(ea)  
020  
460  
414  
518  
187  
414  
518  
508  
632  
253  
508  
632  
19.9 114 11.5 80  
10  
15  
5
2.4  
(ea)  
575  
16  
91  
9.6  
64  
10  
15  
58.0  
51.7  
64.3  
70  
60  
80  
122.8/120.6  
146.4/144.2  
129.4/126.6  
153.0/150.2  
146.6/141.3  
170.2/164.9  
61.2  
150/150  
175/175  
150/150  
175/175  
175/175  
200/200  
80  
7.5 24.2/22.0  
10 30.8/28.0  
15 46.2/42.0  
5.3  
(ea)  
208/230  
39.1 228 39.1 256  
7.5  
10  
15  
7.5  
10  
15  
11  
14  
21  
9
73.8  
64.2  
76.8  
71.5  
84.1  
49.8  
62.4  
51.8  
90  
80  
90  
90  
100  
60  
70  
60  
2.7  
(ea)  
025  
460  
19.9 114 19.9 114  
2.4  
(ea)  
575  
16  
91  
16  
91  
11  
17  
12.6  
—
12.6  
64.4  
58.1  
70.7  
80  
70  
80  
LEGEND  
Example: Supply voltage is 460-3-60.  
FLA — Full Load Amps  
AB = 452 v  
BC = 464 v  
AC = 455 v  
HACR— Heating, Air Conditioning and Refrigeration  
IFM — Indoor (Evaporator) Fan Motor  
LRA — Locked Rotor Amps  
452 + 464 + 455  
3
MCA — Minimum Circuit Amps  
Average Voltage =  
MOCP— Maximum Overcurrent Protection  
NEC — National Electrical Code  
1371  
3
OFM — Outdoor (Condenser) Fan Motor  
RLA — Rated Load Amps  
=
= 457  
*Fuse or HACR circuit breaker per NEC.  
Determine maximum deviation from average voltage.  
(AB) 457 – 452 = 5 v  
(BC) 464 – 457 = 7 v  
(AC) 457 – 455 = 2 v  
NOTES:  
Maximum deviation is 7 v.  
Determine percent of voltage imbalance.  
7
% Voltage Imbalance = 100 x  
457  
1. In compliance with NEC requirements for multimotor and combi-  
nation load equipment (refer to NEC Articles 430 and 440), the  
overcurrent protective device for the unit shall be fuse or HACR  
breaker. The Canadian units may be fuse or circuit breaker.  
2. Unbalanced 3-Phase Supply Voltage  
= 1.53%  
Never operate a motor where a phase imbalance in supply volt-  
age is greater than 2%. Use the following formula to determine  
the percent of voltage imbalance.  
This amount of phase imbalance is satisfactory as it is below the  
maximum allowable 2%.  
IMPORTANT: If the supply voltage phase imbalance is  
more than 2%, contact your local electric utility company  
immediately.  
% Voltage imbalance  
max voltage deviation from average voltage  
= 100 x  
average voltage  
35  
Table 7 — Electrical Data — 48AJ,AK,AW,AY Units (cont)  
COMPRESSOR  
No. 1 No. 2  
POWER  
POWER  
SUPPLY  
VOLTAGE RANGE  
OFM  
IFM  
FLA  
UNIT SIZE  
48AJ,AK,  
AW,AY  
NOMINAL  
VOLTAGE  
(3 PH, 60 Hz)  
EXHAUST  
FLA  
(total)  
Min  
Max  
RLA LRA RLA LRA Qty FLA Hp  
MCA  
MOCP*  
—
23.6/23.6  
—
23.6/23.6  
—
23.6/23.6  
—
12.6  
—
12.6  
—
12.6  
—
12.6  
—
12.6  
—
12.6  
—
23.6/23.6  
—
23.6/23.6  
—
23.6/23.6  
—
12.6  
—
12.6  
—
12.6  
—
12.6  
—
129.4/126.6  
153.0/150.2  
146.6/141.3  
170.2/164.9  
163.1/156.3  
186.7/179.9  
64.2  
150/150  
175/175  
175/175  
200/200  
200/200  
225/225  
80  
90  
90  
100  
100  
110  
60  
80  
70  
80  
80  
90  
200/200  
225/225  
200/200  
225/225  
225/225  
250/250  
90  
100  
100  
110  
110  
110  
70  
90  
80  
90  
90  
100  
10 30.8/28.0  
15 46.2/42.0  
20 59.4/54.0  
5.3  
208/230  
187  
253  
39.1 256 39.1 256  
2
2
2
2
2
2
(ea)  
10  
15  
20  
10  
15  
20  
14  
21  
27  
11  
17  
22  
76.8  
71.5  
84.1  
79.0  
91.6  
51.8  
64.4  
58.1  
2.7  
(ea)  
027  
460  
414  
518  
187  
414  
518  
508  
632  
253  
508  
632  
19.9 114 19.9 114  
2.4  
(ea)  
575  
16  
91  
16  
91  
70.7  
64.3  
76.9  
151.9/149.1  
175.5/172.7  
167.3/163.1  
190.9/186.7  
181.1/175.1  
204.7/198.7  
71.3  
10 30.8/28.0  
15 46.2/42.0  
20 59.4/54.0  
5.3  
(ea)  
208/230  
57.1 266 39.1 228  
10  
15  
20  
10  
15  
20  
14  
21  
27  
11  
17  
22  
83.9  
78.3  
90.9  
84.7  
97.3  
57.4  
70.0  
63.4  
2.7  
(ea)  
030  
460  
25.6 120 19.9 114  
2.4  
(ea)  
575  
20.5 96  
16  
91  
12.6  
—
12.6  
76.0  
68.8  
81.4  
LEGEND  
Example: Supply voltage is 460-3-60.  
FLA — Full Load Amps  
AB = 452 v  
BC = 464 v  
AC = 455 v  
HACR— Heating, Air Conditioning and Refrigeration  
IFM — Indoor (Evaporator) Fan Motor  
LRA — Locked Rotor Amps  
452 + 464 + 455  
3
MCA — Minimum Circuit Amps  
Average Voltage =  
MOCP— Maximum Overcurrent Protection  
NEC — National Electrical Code  
1371  
3
OFM — Outdoor (Condenser) Fan Motor  
RLA — Rated Load Amps  
=
= 457  
*Fuse or HACR circuit breaker per NEC.  
Determine maximum deviation from average voltage.  
(AB) 457 – 452 = 5 v  
(BC) 464 – 457 = 7 v  
(AC) 457 – 455 = 2 v  
NOTES:  
Maximum deviation is 7 v.  
Determine percent of voltage imbalance.  
7
% Voltage Imbalance = 100 x  
457  
1. In compliance with NEC requirements for multimotor and combi-  
nation load equipment (refer to NEC Articles 430 and 440), the  
overcurrent protective device for the unit shall be fuse or HACR  
breaker. The Canadian units may be fuse or circuit breaker.  
2. Unbalanced 3-Phase Supply Voltage  
= 1.53%  
Never operate a motor where a phase imbalance in supply volt-  
age is greater than 2%. Use the following formula to determine  
the percent of voltage imbalance.  
This amount of phase imbalance is satisfactory as it is below the  
maximum allowable 2%.  
IMPORTANT: If the supply voltage phase imbalance is  
more than 2%, contact your local electric utility company  
immediately.  
% Voltage imbalance  
max voltage deviation from average voltage  
= 100 x  
average voltage  
36  
Table 7 — Electrical Data — 48AJ,AK,AW,AY Units (cont)  
COMPRESSOR  
No. 1 No. 2  
POWER  
POWER  
SUPPLY  
VOLTAGE RANGE  
OFM  
IFM  
FLA  
UNIT SIZE  
48AJ,AK,  
AW,AY  
NOMINAL  
VOLTAGE  
(3 PH, 60 Hz)  
EXHAUST  
FLA  
(total)  
Min  
Max  
RLA LRA RLA LRA Qty FLA Hp  
MCA  
MOCP*  
—
23.6/23.6  
—
23.6/23.6  
—
23.6/23.6  
—
12.6  
—
12.6  
—
12.6  
—
12.6  
—
12.6  
—
12.6  
—
23.6/23.6  
—
23.6/23.6  
—
23.6/23.6  
—
12.6  
—
12.6  
—
12.6  
—
12.6  
—
180.5/177.7  
204.1/201.3  
195.9/191.7  
219.5/215.3  
209.7/203.7  
233.3/227.3  
82.4  
225/225  
250/250  
250/225  
250/250  
250/250  
250/250  
100  
110  
110  
125  
110  
125  
80  
90  
90  
100  
100  
110  
250/250  
300/250  
250/250  
300/300  
300/300  
300/300  
110  
125  
125  
125  
125  
150  
100  
110  
110  
110  
110  
125  
10 30.8/28.0  
15 46.2/42.0  
20 59.4/54.0  
5.3  
208/230  
187  
253  
57.1 266 57.1 266  
25.6 120 25.6 120  
20.5 96 20.5 96  
57.1 266 69.2 345  
25.6 120 28.8 173  
20.5 96 26.7 120  
4
4
4
4
4
4
(ea)  
10  
15  
20  
10  
15  
20  
14  
21  
27  
11  
17  
22  
95.0  
89.4  
102.0  
95.8  
108.4  
66.7  
79.3  
72.7  
2.7  
(ea)  
035  
460  
414  
518  
187  
414  
518  
508  
632  
253  
508  
632  
2.4  
(ea)  
575  
85.3  
78.1  
90.7  
211.0/206.8  
234.6/230.4  
224.2/218.8  
247.8/242.4  
241.0/232.8  
264.6/256.4  
93.4  
15 46.2/42.0  
20 59.4/54.0  
25 74.8/68.0  
5.3  
(ea)  
208/230  
15  
20  
25  
15  
20  
25  
21  
27  
34  
17  
22  
27  
106.0  
99.4  
112.0  
107.7  
120.3  
80.5  
93.1  
85.5  
2.7  
(ea)  
040  
460  
2.4  
(ea)  
575  
12.6  
—
12.6  
98.1  
90.6  
103.2  
LEGEND  
Example: Supply voltage is 460-3-60.  
FLA — Full Load Amps  
AB = 452 v  
BC = 464 v  
AC = 455 v  
HACR— Heating, Air Conditioning and Refrigeration  
IFM — Indoor (Evaporator) Fan Motor  
LRA — Locked Rotor Amps  
452 + 464 + 455  
3
MCA — Minimum Circuit Amps  
Average Voltage =  
MOCP— Maximum Overcurrent Protection  
NEC — National Electrical Code  
1371  
3
OFM — Outdoor (Condenser) Fan Motor  
RLA — Rated Load Amps  
=
= 457  
*Fuse or HACR circuit breaker per NEC.  
Determine maximum deviation from average voltage.  
(AB) 457 – 452 = 5 v  
(BC) 464 – 457 = 7 v  
(AC) 457 – 455 = 2 v  
NOTES:  
Maximum deviation is 7 v.  
Determine percent of voltage imbalance.  
7
% Voltage Imbalance = 100 x  
457  
1. In compliance with NEC requirements for multimotor and combi-  
nation load equipment (refer to NEC Articles 430 and 440), the  
overcurrent protective device for the unit shall be fuse or HACR  
breaker. The Canadian units may be fuse or circuit breaker.  
2. Unbalanced 3-Phase Supply Voltage  
= 1.53%  
Never operate a motor where a phase imbalance in supply volt-  
age is greater than 2%. Use the following formula to determine  
the percent of voltage imbalance.  
This amount of phase imbalance is satisfactory as it is below the  
maximum allowable 2%.  
IMPORTANT: If the supply voltage phase imbalance is  
more than 2%, contact your local electric utility company  
immediately.  
% Voltage imbalance  
max voltage deviation from average voltage  
= 100 x  
average voltage  
37  
Table 7 — Electrical Data — 48AJ,AK,AW,AY Units (cont)  
COMPRESSOR  
No. 1 No. 2  
POWER  
POWER  
SUPPLY  
VOLTAGE RANGE  
OFM  
IFM  
FLA  
UNIT SIZE  
48AJ,AK,  
AW,AY  
NOMINAL  
VOLTAGE  
(3 PH, 60 Hz)  
EXHAUST  
FLA  
(total)  
Min  
Max  
RLA LRA RLA LRA Qty FLA Hp  
MCA  
MOCP*  
—
236.3/230.9 300/300  
20 59.4/54.0  
25 74.8/68.0  
23.6/23.6 259.9/254.5 300/300  
253.1/244.9 300/300  
23.6/23.6 276.7/268.5 350/300  
269.6/259.6 350/300  
23.6/23.6 293.2/283.2 350/350  
—
5.3  
208/230  
187  
253  
69.2 345 69.2 345  
28.8 173 28.8 173  
26.7 120 26.7 120  
82.1 446 82.1 446  
43.6 223 43.6 223  
34.6 164 34.6 164  
4
4
4
6
6
6
(ea)  
—
30  
20  
25  
30  
20  
25  
30  
88/80.0  
27  
—
12.6  
—
12.6  
—
12.6  
—
12.6  
—
12.6  
—
12.6  
—
102.6  
115.2  
110.9  
123.5  
118.4  
131.0  
91.7  
104.3  
96.8  
109.4  
103.0  
115.6  
125  
125  
125  
150  
150  
150  
110  
125  
110  
125  
125  
125  
2.7  
(ea)  
050  
460  
414  
518  
187  
414  
518  
508  
632  
253  
508  
632  
34  
40  
22  
2.4  
(ea)  
575  
27  
32  
291.3/284.5 350/350  
25 74.8/68.0  
30 88/80.0  
40 114/104  
35.4/35.4 326.7/319.9 400/400  
306.0/296.5 350/350  
35.4/35.4 341.4/331.9 400/400  
338.5/326.0 450/400  
35.4/35.4 373.9/361.4 450/450  
—
5.3  
(ea)  
208/230  
—
—
18.9  
—
18.9  
—
18.9  
—
18.9  
—
148.3  
167.2  
154.3  
173.2  
168.4  
187.3  
119.3  
138.2  
124.3  
143.2  
134.9  
153.8  
175  
200  
175  
200  
200  
225  
150  
150  
150  
175  
175  
175  
25  
30  
40  
25  
30  
40  
34  
40  
52  
27  
32  
41  
2.7  
(ea)  
060  
460  
2.4  
(ea)  
575  
18.9  
—
18.9  
LEGEND  
Example: Supply voltage is 460-3-60.  
FLA — Full Load Amps  
AB = 452 v  
BC = 464 v  
AC = 455 v  
HACR— Heating, Air Conditioning and Refrigeration  
IFM — Indoor (Evaporator) Fan Motor  
LRA — Locked Rotor Amps  
452 + 464 + 455  
3
MCA — Minimum Circuit Amps  
Average Voltage =  
MOCP— Maximum Overcurrent Protection  
NEC — National Electrical Code  
1371  
3
OFM — Outdoor (Condenser) Fan Motor  
RLA — Rated Load Amps  
=
= 457  
*Fuse or HACR circuit breaker per NEC.  
Determine maximum deviation from average voltage.  
(AB) 457 – 452 = 5 v  
(BC) 464 – 457 = 7 v  
(AC) 457 – 455 = 2 v  
NOTES:  
Maximum deviation is 7 v.  
Determine percent of voltage imbalance.  
7
% Voltage Imbalance = 100 x  
457  
1. In compliance with NEC requirements for multimotor and combi-  
nation load equipment (refer to NEC Articles 430 and 440), the  
overcurrent protective device for the unit shall be fuse or HACR  
breaker. The Canadian units may be fuse or circuit breaker.  
2. Unbalanced 3-Phase Supply Voltage  
= 1.53%  
Never operate a motor where a phase imbalance in supply volt-  
age is greater than 2%. Use the following formula to determine  
the percent of voltage imbalance.  
This amount of phase imbalance is satisfactory as it is below the  
maximum allowable 2%.  
IMPORTANT: If the supply voltage phase imbalance is  
more than 2%, contact your local electric utility company  
immediately.  
% Voltage imbalance  
max voltage deviation from average voltage  
= 100 x  
average voltage  
38  
Table 8 — Electrical Data — 48EJ,EK,EW,EY Units  
COMPRESSOR  
No. 1 No. 2  
VOLTAGE  
RANGE  
POWER COMBUSTION  
EXHAUST FAN MOTOR  
UNIT  
SIZE  
48EJ,EK,  
EW,EY  
NOMNAL  
VOLTAGE  
(3 Ph,  
OFM  
IFM  
POWER SUPPLY  
FLA  
(ea)  
Min Max RLA LRA RLA LRA Qty Hp  
Hp FLA FLA LRA  
FLA  
MCA  
MOCP*  
60 Hz)  
—
—
0.96  
0.96  
0.96  
0.96  
0.96  
0.96  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
101.8/100.3 125/125  
125.4/123.9 150/150  
115.9/113.1 150/150  
139.5/136.7 175/175  
131.3/127.1 150/150  
154.9/150.7 175/175  
16.7/  
15.2  
5
23.6 41.6  
—
23.6 41.6  
—
23.6 41.6  
—
12.6 23.6  
—
12.6 23.6  
—
12.6 23.6  
—
12.6 23.6  
—
12.6 23.6  
—
—
30.8/  
28.0  
208/230 187 254 39.1 228 25.6 160  
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
5.3 10  
—
46.2/  
42.0  
15  
5
—
49.4  
62.0  
55.8  
68.4  
62.8  
75.4  
40.5  
53.1  
45.4  
58.0  
51.4  
64.0  
60  
80  
70  
80  
80  
90  
50  
60  
60  
70  
60  
80  
7.6  
—
024  
028  
030  
460  
575  
414 508 19.9 114 11.5 80  
2.7 10 14.0  
15 21.0  
—
—
5
6.1  
—
518 632 16.0 91  
9.6  
64  
2.4 10 11.0  
15 17.0  
—
12.6 23.6  
—
—
0.96  
0.96  
0.96  
0.96  
0.96  
0.96  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
0.96  
0.96  
0.96  
0.96  
0.96  
0.96  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
122.8/120.6 150/150  
146.4/144.2 175/175  
129.4/126.6 150/150  
153.0/150.2 175/175  
144.8/140.6 175/175  
168.4/164.2 200/200  
24.2/  
7.5  
22.0  
23.6 41.6  
—
23.6 41.6  
—
23.6 41.6  
—
12.6 23.6  
—
12.6 23.6  
—
12.6 23.6  
—
12.6 23.6  
—
12.6 23.6  
—
12.6 23.6  
—
23.6 41.6  
—
23.6 41.6  
—
23.6 41.6  
—
12.6 23.6  
—
12.6 23.6  
—
12.6 23.6  
—
12.6 23.6  
—
—
30.8/  
5.3 10  
208/230 187 254 39.1 228 39.1 228  
28.0  
—
46.2/  
15  
42.0  
—
61.2  
73.8  
64.2  
76.8  
71.2  
83.8  
49.8  
62.4  
51.8  
64.4  
57.8  
70.4  
80  
90  
80  
90  
90  
100  
60  
70  
60  
80  
70  
80  
7.5 11.0  
2.7 10 14.0  
15 21.0  
—
460  
575  
414 508 19.9 114 19.9 114  
—
—
7.5 9.0  
—
518 632 16.0 91 16.0 91  
2.4 10 11.0  
15 17.0  
—
—
151.9/149.1 200/200  
175.5/172.7 225/225  
167.3/163.1 225/225  
190.9/186.7 225/225  
180.5/175.1 225/225  
204.1/198.7 250/250  
30.8/  
10  
28.0  
—
46.2/  
5.3 15  
208/230 187 254 57.1 266 39.1 228  
42.0  
—
59.4/  
20  
54.0  
—
71.3  
83.9  
78.3  
90.9  
84.3  
96.9  
57.4  
70.0  
63.4  
76.0  
68.4  
81.0  
90  
100  
100  
110  
100  
110  
70  
90  
80  
90  
80  
10 14.0  
2.7 15 21.0  
20 27.0  
—
460  
575  
414 508 25.6 120 19.9 114  
—
—
10 11.0  
—
518 632 20.5 96 16.0 91  
2.4 15 17.0  
20 22.0  
12.6 23.6  
—
12.6 23.6  
—
100  
See Legend and Notes on page 42.  
39  
Table 8 — Electrical Data — 48EJ,EK,EW,EY Units (cont)  
COMPRESSOR  
No. 1 No. 2  
VOLTAGE  
RANGE  
POWER COMBUSTION  
EXHAUST FAN MOTOR  
UNIT  
SIZE  
48EJ,EK,  
EW,EY  
NOMNAL  
VOLTAGE  
(3 Ph,  
OFM  
IFM  
POWER SUPPLY  
FLA  
(ea)  
Min Max RLA LRA RLA LRA Qty Hp  
Hp FLA FLA LRA  
FLA  
MCA  
MOCP*  
60 Hz)  
—
—
0.96  
0.96  
0.96  
0.96  
0.96  
0.96  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
169.9/167.1 225/200  
193.5/190.7 250/225  
185.3/181.1 200/200  
208.9/204.7 250/250  
198.5/193.1 250/250  
222.1/216.7 275/250  
30.8/  
28.0  
10  
23.6 41.6  
—
23.6 41.6  
—
23.6 41.6  
—
12.6 23.6  
—
12.6 23.6  
—
12.6 23.6  
—
12.6 23.6  
—
12.6 23.6  
—
—
46.2/  
42.0  
208/230 187 254 57.1 266 57.1 266  
2
2
2
4
4
4
4
4
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
5.3 15  
20  
—
59.4/  
54.0  
—
77.0  
89.6  
84.0  
96.6  
90.0  
102.6  
61.9  
74.5  
67.9  
80.5  
72.9  
85.5  
100  
110  
100  
110  
110  
125  
80  
90  
80  
100  
90  
100  
10 14.0  
2.7 15 21.0  
20 27.0  
—
034  
038  
044  
460  
575  
414 508 25.6 120 25.6 120  
—
—
10 11.0  
—
518 632 20.5 96 20.5 96  
2.4 15 17.0  
20 22.0  
—
12.6 23.6  
—
—
0.96  
0.96  
0.96  
0.96  
0.96  
0.96  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
0.96  
0.96  
0.96  
0.96  
0.96  
0.96  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
180.5/177.7 225/225  
204.1/201.3 250/250  
195.9/191.7 250/225  
219.5/215.3 275/250  
209.1/203.7 250/250  
232.7/227.3 275/275  
30.8/  
10  
28.0  
23.6 41.6  
—
23.6 41.6  
—
23.6 41.6  
—
12.6 23.6  
—
12.6 23.6  
—
12.6 23.6  
—
12.6 23.6  
—
12.6 23.6  
—
12.6 23.6  
—
23.6 41.6  
—
23.6 41.6  
—
23.6 41.6  
—
12.6 23.6  
—
12.6 23.6  
—
12.6 23.6  
—
12.6 23.6  
—
—
46.2/  
5.3 15  
208/230 187 254 57.1 266 57.1 266  
42.0  
—
59.4/  
20  
54.0  
—
82.4  
95.0  
89.4  
102.0  
95.4  
108.0  
66.7  
79.3  
72.7  
85.3  
77.7  
90.3  
100  
110  
110  
125  
110  
125  
80  
90  
90  
100  
90  
110  
10 14.0  
2.7 15 21.0  
20 27.0  
—
460  
575  
414 508 25.6 120 25.6 120  
—
—
10 11.0  
—
518 632 20.5 96 20.5 96  
2.4 15 17.0  
20 22.0  
—
—
223.1/218.9 275/275  
246.7/242.5 300/300  
236.3/230.9 300/300  
259.9/254.5 300/300  
251.7/244.9 300/300  
275.3/268.5 300/300  
46.2/  
15  
42.0  
—
59.4/  
5.3 20  
208/230 187 254 69.2 345 69.2 345  
54.0  
—
74.8/  
25  
68.0  
—
96.6  
109.2  
102.6  
115.2  
109.6  
122.2  
86.7  
99.3  
91.7  
104.3  
96.7  
109.3  
125  
125  
125  
125  
125  
150  
110  
125  
110  
125  
110  
125  
15 21.0  
2.7 20 27.0  
25 34.0  
—
460  
575  
414 508 28.8 173 28.8 173  
—
—
15 17.0  
—
518 632 26.7 120 26.7 120  
2.4 20 22.0  
25 27.0  
12.6 23.6  
—
12.6 23.6  
—
See Legend and Notes on page 42.  
40  
Table 8 — Electrical Data — 48EJ,EK,EW,EY Units (cont)  
COMPRESSOR  
No. 1 No. 2  
VOLTAGE  
RANGE  
POWER COMBUSTION  
EXHAUST FAN MOTOR  
UNIT  
SIZE  
48EJ,EK,  
EW,EY  
NOMNAL  
VOLTAGE  
(3 Ph,  
OFM  
IFM  
FLA  
POWER SUPPLY  
MCA MOCP*  
FLA  
(ea)  
Min Max RLA LRA RLA LRA Qty Hp  
Hp  
FLA LRA  
FLA  
60 Hz)  
—
—
0.96  
0.96  
0.96  
0.96  
0.96  
0.96  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
252.4/247.0 300/300  
276.0/270.6 300/300  
267.8/261.0 300/300  
291.4/284.6 300/300  
281.0/273.0 300/300  
304.6/296.6 350/300  
59.4/  
54.0  
20  
23.6 41.6  
—
23.6 41.6  
—
23.6 41.6  
—
12.6 23.6  
—
12.6 23.6  
—
12.6 23.6  
—
12.6 23.6  
—
12.6 23.6  
—
—
74.8/  
68.0  
208/230 187 254 82.1 446 69.2 345  
4
4
4
4
4
4
6
6
6
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
5.3 25  
30  
—
88.0/  
80.0  
—
119.5  
132.1  
126.5  
139.1  
132.5  
145.1  
101.6  
114.2  
106.6  
119.2  
111.6  
124.2  
150  
150  
150  
175  
150  
175  
125  
125  
125  
150  
125  
150  
20  
27.0  
34.0  
40.0  
22.0  
27.0  
32.0  
—
048  
054  
058  
460  
575  
414 508 42.3 223 28.8 173  
2.7 25  
30  
—
—
20  
—
518 632 34.6 164 26.7 120  
2.4 25  
30  
—
12.6 23.6  
—
—
1.44  
1.44  
1.44  
1.44  
1.44  
1.44  
0.75  
0.75  
0.75  
0.75  
0.75  
0.75  
0.75  
0.75  
0.75  
0.75  
0.75  
0.75  
1.44  
1.44  
1.44  
1.44  
1.44  
1.44  
0.75  
0.75  
0.75  
0.75  
0.75  
0.75  
0.75  
0.75  
0.75  
0.75  
0.75  
0.75  
239.2/235.0 300/300  
274.6/270.4 350/350  
252.4/247.0 300/300  
287.8/282.4 350/350  
267.8/261.0 300/300  
303.2/296.4 350/350  
46.2/  
42.0  
15  
35.4 62.4  
—
35.4 62.4  
—
35.4 62.4  
—
18.9 35.4  
—
18.9 35.4  
—
18.9 35.4  
—
18.9 35.4  
—
18.9 35.4  
—
18.9 35.4  
—
35.4 62.4  
—
35.4 62.4  
—
35.4 62.4  
—
18.9 35.4  
—
18.9 35.4  
—
18.9 35.4  
—
18.9 35.4  
—
—
59.4/  
54.0  
208/230 187 254 82.1 446 69.2 345  
5.3 20  
25  
—
74.8/  
68.0  
—
117.1  
136.0  
123.1  
142.0  
130.1  
149.0  
96.8  
115.7  
101.8  
120.7  
106.8  
125.7  
150  
175  
150  
175  
150  
175  
125  
150  
125  
150  
125  
150  
15  
21.0  
27.0  
34.0  
17.0  
22.0  
27.0  
—
460  
575  
414 508 43.6 223 30.8 173  
2.7 20  
25  
—
—
15  
—
518 632 34.6 164 26.9 120  
2.4 20  
25  
—
—
293.4/288.0 350/350  
328.8/323.4 400/400  
308.6/302.0 400/400  
344.0/337.4 450/400  
322.0/314.0 400/400  
357.4/349.4 450/450  
59.4/  
54.0  
20  
—
74.6/  
68.0  
208/230 187 254 106.4 506 69.2 345  
5.3 25  
30  
—
88.0/  
80.0  
—
139.7  
158.6  
146.7  
165.6  
152.7  
171.6  
113.8  
132.7  
118.8  
137.7  
123.8  
142.7  
175  
200  
175  
200  
200  
200  
150  
150  
150  
175  
150  
175  
20  
27.0  
34.0  
40.0  
22  
—
460  
575  
414 508 52.6 253 30.8 173  
2.7 25  
30  
—
—
20  
—
518 632 40.4 176 26.9 120  
2.4 25  
30  
27  
18.9 35.4  
—
18.9 35.4  
—
32  
See Legend and Notes on page 42.  
41  
Table 8 — Electrical Data — 48EJ,EK,EW,EY Units (cont)  
COMPRESSOR  
No. 1 No. 2  
VOLTAGE  
RANGE  
POWER COMBUSTION  
EXHAUST FAN MOTOR  
UNIT  
SIZE  
48EJ,EK,  
EW,EY  
NOMNAL  
VOLTAGE  
(3 Ph,  
OFM  
IFM  
POWER SUPPLY  
FLA  
(ea)  
Min Max RLA LRA RLA LRA Qty Hp  
Hp FLA FLA LRA  
FLA  
MCA  
MOCP*  
60 Hz)  
—
—
1.44  
1.44  
1.44  
1.44  
1.44  
1.44  
0.75  
0.75  
0.75  
0.75  
0.75  
0.75  
0.75  
0.75  
0.75  
0.75  
0.75  
0.75  
1.44  
1.44  
1.44  
1.44  
1.44  
1.44  
0.75  
0.75  
0.75  
0.75  
0.75  
0.75  
0.75  
0.75  
0.75  
0.75  
0.75  
0.75  
321.5/314.9 400/400  
356.9/350.3 450/450  
334.9/326.9 400/400  
370.3/362.3 450/450  
360.9/350.9 450/450  
396.3/386.3 500/450  
74.6/  
68.0  
25  
35.4 62.4  
—
35.4 62.4  
—
35.4 62.4  
—
18.9 35.4  
—
18.9 35.4  
—
18.9 35.4  
—
18.9 35.4  
—
18.9 35.4  
—
18.9 35.4  
—
35.4 62.4  
—
35.4 62.4  
—
35.4 62.4  
—
18.9 35.4  
—
18.9 35.4  
—
18.9 35.4  
—
18.9 35.4  
—
—
88.0/  
80.0  
208/230 187 254 106.4 506 82.1 446  
6
6
6
6
6
6
1
1
1
1
1
1
5.3 30  
40  
—
114.0/  
104.0  
—
159.5  
178.4  
165.5  
184.4  
177.5  
196.4  
126.5  
145.4  
131.5  
150.4  
140.5  
159.4  
200  
225  
200  
225  
225  
225  
150  
175  
150  
175  
175  
175  
25 34.0  
2.7 30 40.0  
40 52.0  
—
064  
460  
575  
414 508 52.6 253 43.6 223  
—
—
25 27.0  
—
518 632 40.4 176 34.6 164  
2.4 30 32.0  
40 41.0  
—
—
345.8/339.2 450/400  
381.2/374.6 450/450  
359.2/351.2 450/450  
394.6/386.6 500/450  
385.2/375.2 450/450  
420.6/410.6 500/500  
74.6/  
25  
68.0  
—
88.0/  
5.3 30  
208/230 187 254 106.4 506 106.4 506  
80.0  
—
114.0/  
40  
104.0  
—
168.5  
187.4  
174.5  
193.4  
186.5  
205.4  
132.3  
151.2  
137.3  
156.2  
146.3  
165.2  
200  
225  
225  
225  
225  
250  
150  
175  
175  
175  
175  
200  
25 34.0  
2.7 30 40.0  
40 52.0  
—
068  
460  
575  
414 508 52.6 253 52.6 253  
—
—
25  
2.4 30  
40  
27  
32  
41  
—
518 632 40.4 176 40.4 176  
18.9 35.4  
—
18.9 35.4  
—
LEGEND  
FLA — Full Load Amps  
Example: Supply voltage is 460-3-60.  
AB = 452 v  
BC = 464 v  
AC = 455 v  
HACR— Heating, Air Conditioning and Refrigeration  
IFM — Indoor (Evaporator) Fan Motor  
LRA — Locked Rotor Amps  
452 + 464 + 455  
3
MCA — Minimum Circuit Amps  
Average Voltage =  
MOCP— Maximum Overcurrent Protection  
NEC — National Electrical Code  
or  
1371  
3
OFM — Outdoor (Condenser) Fan Motor  
RLA — Rated Load Amps  
=
= 457  
*Fuse or HACR circuit breaker per NEC.  
Determine maximum deviation from average voltage.  
(AB) 457 – 452 = 5 v  
(BC) 464 – 457 = 7 v  
(AC) 457 – 455 = 2 v  
NOTES:  
Maximum deviation is 7 v.  
Determine percent of voltage imbalance.  
7
% Voltage Imbalance = 100 x  
457  
1. In compliance with NEC requirements for multimotor and combi-  
nation load equipment (refer to NEC Articles 430 and 440), the  
overcurrent protective device for the unit shall be fuse or HACR  
breaker. The Canadian units may be fuse or circuit breaker.  
2. Unbalanced 3-Phase Supply Voltage  
= 1.53%  
Never operate a motor where a phase imbalance in supply volt-  
age is greater than 2%. Use the following formula to determine  
the percent of voltage imbalance.  
This amount of phase imbalance is satisfactory as it is below the  
maximum allowable 2%.  
IMPORTANT: If the supply voltage phase imbalance is  
more than 2%, contact your local electric utility company  
immediately.  
% Voltage imbalance  
max voltage deviation from average voltage  
= 100 x  
average voltage  
42  
Routing Through Bottom of Unit — If wiring is brought in  
through bottom of unit, use field-supplied watertight conduit to  
run power wiring from basepan out through bottom 31/2-in.  
hole to the disconnect box and back into unit to the main con-  
trol box.  
Use strain relief going into control box through 21/2-in. di-  
ameter hole provided. After wires are in unit control box, con-  
nect to power terminal block (see Power Wiring section on  
page 33).  
The unit must be electrically grounded in accordance with  
local codes and NEC ANSI/NFPA 70 (National Fire Pro-  
tection Association).  
Affix crankcase heater sticker (located in the installers pack-  
et) to unit disconnect switch.  
Voltage to compressor terminals during compressor opera-  
tion must be within the voltage range indicated on the unit  
nameplate. On 3-phase units, phases must be balanced within  
2%.  
Low-voltage wiring must be run in watertight conduit from  
7
the basepan to control box and through /8-in. diameter hole  
provided in bottom of unit control box. Field-supplied strain re-  
lief must be used going into the box. After wiring is in control  
box, make connections to proper terminals on terminal blocks  
(see Field Control Wiring section on this page).  
Use the formula in Tables 7 and 8 to determine the percent-  
age of voltage imbalance.  
Install conduit connector in unit basepan as shown in  
Fig. 5-16. Route power and ground lines through connector to  
terminal connections in unit control box as shown on unit wir-  
ing diagram and Fig. 28.  
Routing Through Side of Unit — Route power wiring in  
field-supplied watertight conduit into unit through 21/2-in. or  
3-in. hole. See Fig. 28.  
Use field-supplied strain relief going into control box  
through 21/2-in. or 3-in. diameter hole provided. After wires are  
in unit control box, connect to power terminal block (see Pow-  
er Wiring section on page 33).  
IMPORTANT: If the supply voltage phase imbalance is  
more than 2%, contact your local electric utility company  
immediately.  
Unit failure as a result of operation on improper line voltage  
or excessive phase imbalance constitutes abuse and may cause  
damage to electrical components.  
On 208/230-v units, transformer no. 1 is wired for 230-v. If  
208/230-v unit is to be run with 208-v power supply, the trans-  
former must be rewired as follows:  
1. Remove cap from red (208 v) wire.  
2. Remove cap from spliced orange (230 v) wire. Discon-  
nect orange wire from black unit power wire.  
3. Cap orange wire.  
Bring low-voltage control wiring through factory-drilled  
7/8-in. diameter hole in condenser side post. Use strain relief  
going into 7/8-in. diameter hole in bottom of unit control box.  
After wiring is in control box, make connection to proper  
terminals on terminal blocks (see Field Control Wiring section  
below).  
4. Splice red wire and black unit power wire. Cap wires.  
IMPORTANT: BE CERTAIN UNUSED WIRES ARE  
CAPPED. Failure to do so may damage the transformers.  
IMPORTANT: The VAV (variable air volume) units use  
variable frequency drives, which generate, use and can  
radiate radio frequency energy. If units are not installed and  
used in accordance with these instructions, they may cause  
radio interference. They have been tested and found to  
comply with limits of a Class A computing device as  
defined by FCC (Federal Communications Commission)  
regulations, Subpart J of Part 15, which are designed to  
provide reasonable protection against such interference  
when operated in a commercial environment.  
FIELD CONTROL WIRING — Install either  
a
Carrier-  
approved thermostat or a CCN (Carrier Comfort Network)  
compatible temperature sensor. Thermostats are used on CV  
(constant volume) units only. Control box diagrams are shown  
in Fig. 29-31.  
LEGEND  
GND — Ground  
NEC — National Electrical Code  
TB  
— Terminal Block  
Fig. 28 — Field Power Wiring Connections  
43  
LEGEND  
SENSOR CONNECTION  
LOCATION  
DIP SWITCHES  
(FAR SIDE)  
C
— Compressor/  
Contactor  
CB  
— Circuit Breaker  
CCB — Control Circuit  
Breaker  
CR  
DIP  
— Control Relay  
— Dual In-Line Package  
EQUIP — Equipment  
FU  
— Fuse  
GND — Ground  
HR  
IFC  
— Heater Relay  
— Indoor-Fan Circuit  
IFCB — Indoor-Fan  
Circuit Breaker  
IFR  
NEC  
— Indoor-Fan Relay  
— National Electrical  
Code  
OFC  
PEC  
PES  
— Outdoor-Fan  
Contactor  
— Power Exhaust  
Controller  
— Power Exhaust  
Sequencer  
PESC — Power Exhaust  
Sequencer Controller  
— Terminal Block  
TRAN — Transformer  
TB  
SEE DETAIL A  
R
Y1 Y2 W1 W2 G  
C
X
TB3  
DETAIL A  
(THERMOSTAT CONNECTION  
LOCATION)  
Fig. 29 — Control Box Diagram (48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-030 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-034 Units)  
44  
T3  
T2  
TI  
SEE DETAIL B  
DETAIL B  
(SENSOR CONNECTION  
LOCATION)  
R
Y1 Y2 W1 W2  
TB3  
G
C
X
SEE DETAIL A  
DETAIL A  
(THERMOSTAT CONNECTION  
LOCATION)  
LEGEND  
C
— Compressor/Contactor  
— Circuit Breaker  
FU  
— Fuse  
OFC  
— Outdoor-Fan Contactor  
— Power Exhaust Controller  
— Power Exhaust Sequencer  
CB  
GND — Ground  
PEC  
PES  
CCB — Control Circuit Breaker  
HR  
— Heater Relay  
Carrier Comfort Network  
Indoor-Fan Circuit  
Power Exhaust Sequencer Control-  
CCN  
—
IFC  
—
PESC  
—
ler  
CR  
DIP  
— Control Relay  
— Dual In-Line Package  
IFCB — Indoor-Fan Circuit Breaker  
IFR  
NEC  
SIO  
TB  
— Serial Input/Output  
— Terminal Block  
— Indoor-Fan Relay  
— National Electrical Code  
EQUIP — Equipment  
TRAN — Transformer  
Thermostat Wiring (CV Only) — Install a Carrier-approved  
accessory thermostat assembly (per current price pages)  
according to the installation instructions included with the ac-  
cessory or these instructions. Locate the thermostat on a solid  
interior wall in the conditioned space to sense the average  
temperature.  
If more than sensor is being used and averaged, sensors  
must be wired in multiples of 4 or 9. See Fig. 34.  
Heat Interlock Relay — VAV units require a field-supplied  
heat interlock relay (HIR) to drive the air terminal wide open  
when in heat mode. Heat Interlock relay part number is  
HN61KK040. See Fig. 35 for HIR wiring.  
Route the thermostat cable or equivalent single leads of  
colored wire from the subbase terminals to the low-voltage  
connection as shown on unit label wiring diagram and in  
Fig. 32.  
NOTE: For wire runs up to 50 ft, use no. 18 AWG (American  
Wire Gage) insulated wire (35 C minimum). For 50 to 75 ft,  
use no. 16 AWG insulated wire (35 C minimum). For over  
75 ft, use no. 14 AWG insulated wire (35 C minimum). All  
wire larger than no. 18 AWG cannot be directly connected at  
the thermostat and will require a junction box and splice at the  
thermostat.  
Remote Field Control — A switch closure across terminals R  
and W1 on TB-3 will initiate the Occupied mode. This can be  
done manually as well as through a field-supplied timeclock.  
Service Tool, Building Supervisor, and ComfortWORKS®  
Software — Access to the control board can be achieved  
through the terminal marked CCN via a 3-wire bus.  
IMPORTANT: The default bus address is 0. The default  
element number is 1. Refer to CCN literature for informa-  
tion on network addressing or changing CCN communica-  
tion defaults.  
Set heat anticipators to 0.1 for all voltages. Settings may be  
changed slightly to provide a greater degree of comfort for a  
particular installation.  
Sensor Wiring (CV or VAV) — The temperature sensor is  
wired into the unit control board. See Fig. 33.  
Carrier Comfort Network Interface — The rooftop units can  
be connected to the CCN. The communication bus wiring is  
supplied and installed in the field. Wiring consists of shielded,  
3-conductor cable with drain wire.  
The system elements are connected to the communication  
bus in a daisy chain arrangement. The positive pin of each sys-  
tem element communication connector must be wired to the  
positive pins of the system element on either side of it, the neg-  
ative pins must be wired to the negative pins, and the signal  
pins must be wired to signal ground pins. Wiring connections  
for CCN should be made at the 3-pin plug (CCN located at the  
base board). Consult CCN literature for further information.  
The unit is controlled with a T-55 or T-56 (CV only) zone  
sensor. Terminal TH (T-56) or T1 (T-55) on the sensor is con-  
nected to T1 of the base control board. Terminal COM (T-56)  
or T2 (T-55) on the sensor is connected to T2 on the base con-  
trol board. If a T-56 set point override sensor is used, the over-  
ride connection SW on the sensor is connected to T3 on the  
base control board.  
45  
46  
Table 9 — CCN Connection Approved  
Shielded Cables  
MANUFACTURER  
Alpha  
CABLE PART NO.  
2413 or 5463  
A22503  
American  
Belden  
8772  
Columbia  
02525  
IMPORTANT: When connecting the CCN communica-  
tion bus to a system element, use a color coding system for  
the entire network to simplify installation and checkout.  
See Table 10.  
Table 10 — Color Code Recommendations  
SIGNAL  
TYPE  
CCN BUS CONDUCTOR  
INSULATION COLOR  
CCN PLUG  
PIN NO.  
Positive (+)  
Ground  
Negative (-)  
RED  
WHITE  
BLACK  
1
2
3
Fig. 32 — Field Control Thermostat Wiring  
NOTE: If a cable with a different color scheme is selected, a  
similar color code should be adopted for the entire network.  
At each system element, the shields of the communication  
bus cables must be tied together. If the communication bus is  
entirely within one building, the resulting continuous shield  
must be connected to a ground at one point only. If the com-  
munication bus cable exits from one building and enters anoth-  
er, the shields must be connected to grounds at the lightning  
suppressor in each building where the cable enters or exits the  
building (one point per building only).  
To connect the unit to the network:  
1. Turn off power to the control box.  
2. Cut the CCN wire and strip the ends of the red (+), white  
(ground), and black (-) conductors. (If a different network  
color scheme is used, substitute appropriate colors.)  
3. Remove the 3-pin male plug from the base control board  
in the main control box, and connect the wires as follows:  
a. Insert and secure the red (+) wire to terminal 1 of  
the 3-pin plug.  
b. Insert and secure the white (ground) wire to termi-  
nal 2 of the 3-pin plug.  
c. Insert and secure the black (-) wire to terminal 3 of  
the 3-pin plug.  
NOTE: Sensor part numbers are as follows:  
T-55 — CEC0121448-01  
T-56 — CEC0121448-01  
Fig. 33 — Field Control Temperature Sensor  
Wiring (CV or VAV Units)  
4. Insert the plug into the existing 3-pin mating connector  
on the base module in the main control box.  
Conductors and drain wire must be 20 AWG minimum  
stranded, tinned copper. Individual conductors must be insulat-  
ed with PVC, PVC/nylon, vinyl, Teflon, or polyethylene. An  
aluminum/polyester 100% foil shield and an outer jacket of  
PVC, PVC/nylon, chrome vinyl, or Teflon with a minimum op-  
erating temperature range of -20 C to 60 C (-4 F to 140 F) is re-  
quired. Table 9 lists cables that meet the requirements.  
47  
SPACE TEMPERATURE AVERAGING — 4 SENSOR APPLICATION  
SPACE TEMPERATURE AVERAGING — 9 SENSOR APPLICATION  
Fig. 34 — Space Temperature Averaging Wiring  
Step 10 — Make Outdoor-Air Inlet Adjustments  
ECONOMIZER  
TB2  
2
NOTE: If accessory power exhaust or barometric relief pack-  
ages are being added to the unit, install power exhaust or baro-  
metric relief before installing economizer hoods.  
Economizer Hood Assembly — The economizer hood is  
shipped in a package secured to the outside of the unit, behind  
the indoor access panel. The hood assemblies must be field-  
assembled. The 48AW,AY and 48EW,EY units are side supply  
and side return. The return duct limits access to economizer fil-  
ters from below. Filter tracks (mounting angle without tabs)  
must be installed correctly to allow access to economizer filters  
from each side.  
HIR  
BASE BOARD  
The 48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-050 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-  
048 units have two hoods on every unit. Each hood has two  
lower filter tracks, one slotted side and one side without slots.  
Construct the assembly so that the slotted side is adjacent to the  
other hood when mounted on the unit.  
T30  
The 48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY054-068  
units have 3 hoods on every unit. Each hood has two lower fil-  
ter tracks, one slotted side and one side without slots. Construct  
the two outer hood assemblies so that the slotted sides are adja-  
cent to the center hood when mounted on the unit.  
Fig. 35 — Field HIR (Heat Interlock Relay) Wiring  
NOTE: Before assembly of the economizer hood, check along  
the outer edges of the economizer assembly for any seal strip  
protruding past the flanges. Trim the excess seal strip so that it  
is flush with the economizer assembly flanges.  
48  
Perform the following procedure to assemble the economiz-  
er hood.  
1. Apply black seal strip (provided in package) to outside  
top-edge of hood sides. Wrap seal strip over edge to cover  
top flange (6 hood sides). Make sure seal strip covers  
screw holes. Allow strip to overhang 1/8-in. past the end  
opposite the mounting flange. See Fig. 36.  
NOTE: The filter track assembly end with screws should face  
away from the other hood when mounted on the unit. Be sure  
the filters are installed with the airflow in the correct direction.  
NOTE: Tabs from both filter tracks will be in the same space.  
After one filter track has been inserted into hood side, bend the  
tabs so they will not interfere with installation of the second/  
center hood.  
2. Assemble hood sides, top, and cross member with  
gasketed screws provided. See Fig. 37.  
3. Attach 15 green speed clips (provided) to hood top.  
4. Apply black seal strip (provided) to mounting flanges of  
hood sides being sure to cover mounting holes. See  
Fig. 38.  
17. Attach black seal strip (provided) to filter cover. Seal strip  
should be applied centered over the holes of the one  
flange, making sure to fully cover holes and centered over  
the other large flange. See Fig. 45.  
18. Slide two 20 x 25-in. filters into cross members of hood  
assembly. Attach filter cover over filters with screws and  
speed clips provided.  
NOTE: Each hood assembly has one hood side with slots and  
one hood side without slots. On the 48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-050  
and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-048 units, the two outer hood assem-  
blies must have the hood sides with the slots located adjacent  
to each other when mounted on the unit. On the  
48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY054-068 units, the  
two outer hood assemblies must have the hood sides with the  
slots located adjacent to the center hood. The center hood  
assembly should have hood side with slots located on the left  
side.  
TOP  
FLANGE  
BLACK  
HOOD SIDE  
SEAL  
STRIP  
5. Apply black seal strip (provided) to back of hood top  
mounting flange. Seal strip of hood top mounting flange  
must press tightly against seal strip of hood side mount-  
ing flanges. See Fig. 39.  
6. Add gray foam strip (provided in package) to cross mem-  
bers on bottom tray. See Fig. 40.  
7. Place gray foam strip (provided) on inside of slotted hood  
side between filter and cross member opposite the mount-  
ing end. See Fig. 41.  
8. Attach gray foam strip (provided) to block-off baffle on  
outer face of flange. See Fig. 42.  
Fig. 36 — Adding Seal Strip to Top of Hood Sides  
9. Remove the screws on each end and along top of damper  
assembly of unit. Remove top 4 screws on each side of  
filter panel under damper assembly. Set hood assembly in  
place and attach to unit using these screws.  
10. Attach the outside-air thermostat (OAT) that is supplied  
from the factory or accessory field-supplied enthalpy sen-  
sor onto the hood side furthest from the control box. The  
OAT or enthalpy sensor is installed on the inside upper  
right-hand corner using the mounting bracket and mount-  
ing holes provided. Attach wiring to unit controls. If ac-  
cessory enthalpy sensor is used, quick connects must be  
attached to enthalpy sensor wires.  
11. Remove screws along bottom of damper assembly. Lo-  
cate and mount blockoff baffle using these screws.  
12. Assemble 2 filter tracks side-by-side with the assembled  
ends together.  
13. Attach mounting angle (without tabs) to the assembled  
end of the filter track. See Fig. 43.  
14. Attach 9 green speed clips (provided) to hood side panels  
without slots. Engagement section of clip faces up and to-  
wards the outside of the hood side panels.  
15. Attach remaining mounting angle (with tabs) to other end  
of the filter track with no. 10 screws provided. See  
Fig. 44.  
16. Place filter track assembly in bottom of hood by placing  
tabbed end into slotted side (with tab on bottom) and  
attaching opposite end to hood with speed clips and  
gasketed screws provided. Tabs can be hand bent after  
they have been inserted into the side.  
NOTE: Left side economizer hood has mounting angle without tabs  
and filter rack assembled end on the opposite side.  
Fig. 37 — Economizer Hood Assembly  
(Right Side/Center Economizer Hood Shown)  
49  
HOOD SIDE  
(SLOTTED)  
MOUNTING  
FLANGE  
HOOD  
TOP  
HOOD SIDE  
Fig. 41 — Adding Foam Strip to Hood Side  
Fig. 38 — Adding Seal Strip to Sides of Hood Top  
Mounting Flange  
BLOCKOFF BAFFLE  
HOOD TOP  
HOOD SIDE  
GRAY FOAM STRIP  
Fig. 39 — Adding Seal Strip to Back of Hood Top  
Mounting Flange  
Fig. 42 — Adding Seal Strip to  
Blockoff Baffle  
Minimum Damper Position (MDP) Setting — Setting of the  
outdoor air damper position is performed in conjunction with a  
shortened version of the field run test. This is performed by  
first opening DIP (Dual In-line Package) switch no. 4 then  
no. 6. See Fig. 27 and Direct Digital Controls DIP Switch Con-  
figuration section on page 63.  
GRAY FOAM STRIP  
The outdoor-air damper closes. The control allows 90 sec-  
onds for the damper to close in case it is in the full open  
position. Next, the indoor-fan contactor will energize. The  
outdoor-air damper will remain at 0% for 30 seconds. It will  
then move to the 10% damper motor travel position for another  
30 seconds. This will be repeated at every 10% increment for  
30 seconds until the damper reaches 100% open. Close DIP  
switch no. 4 during the 30 seconds immediately after the de-  
sired outdoor air minimum damper position. The 30-second  
time period is to allow time where DIP switch no. 4 can be  
closed. The default value of the minimum outdoor air damper  
position is 20%. If the desired minimum position is 30%, al-  
lows the damper position to go to 10% for 30 seconds, then  
20% for 30 seconds, and when it reaches 30% close DIP switch  
no. 4 during the 30-second period following the 30% position.  
CROSS MEMBER  
Fig. 40 — Adding Foam Strip to Cross Member  
The minimum outdoor air damper position is now set. Close  
DIP switch no. 6.  
50  
ECONOMIZER SETTINGS  
MOUNTING ANGL  
(WITHOUT TABS)  
Accessory Enthalpy Control (Fig. 46) — The control  
(HH57AC077) is mounted in the economizer hood. See  
Fig. 37. The enthalpy setting adjustment is on the enthalpy con-  
trol. For maximum benefit of outdoor air, set enthalpy control  
to A. See Fig. 47 and 48.  
FILTER TRACK  
ASSEMBLY  
The enthalpy controls operation of the economizer outdoor-  
air damper to provide free cooling on a signal form the cooling  
thermostat.  
Enthalpy Control Installation — The outdoor air enthalpy  
control is installed on the inside panel of the outdoor air hood.  
The enthalpy control should be mounted when the outdoor air  
hoods are assembled. To install the control, perform the follow-  
ing procedure:  
Fig. 43 — Mounting Angle (Without Tabs)  
Attached to Filter Track Assembly  
1. Turn off all power. Ensure disconnect is locked out.  
2. Remove the economizer inlet filters from the bottom of  
the right hand economizer hood. See Fig. 37. See Fig. 49  
for economizer details.  
3. Mount the outdoor air enthalpy sensor inside the right  
economizer hood on the right side panel of the hood, ad-  
jacent to the outdoor-air thermistor.  
4. Locate the red, violet, and brown wires near the outdoor  
air thermistor. Remove the splice from the red and violet  
wires. Remove the cap from the brown wire.  
5. Install a 1/4-in. push on terminal (field-supplied) on the vi-  
olet and brown wires.  
6. Connect a 1/4-in. push on terminal (field-provided) to one  
end of a 18-gage, 6-in. jumper wire (field-provided).  
Connect the other end to the red wire and attach a 1/4-in.  
push on connector (field-provided).  
7. Connect the red wire with the jumper to terminal TR1.  
Connect the jumper to terminal 2. Connect the brown wire  
to terminal TR. Connect the violet wire to terminal 3. All  
connections are on the enthalpy control.  
MOUNTING ANGLE  
(WITH TABS)  
8. Replace the economizer filters.  
9. Return power to unit.  
Accessory Differential Enthalpy Control (Fig. 46) — The  
control (HH57AC077), in conjunction with the accessory en-  
thalpy sensor (HH57AC078), controls economizer operation  
according to the differential enthalpy. The control is mounted  
in the economizer hood. The sensor is mounted in the return  
duct (48AJ,AK and 48EJ,EK) or return air plenum (48AW,AY  
and 48EW,EY).  
Fig. 44 — Mounting Angle (With Tabs) Attached to  
Filter Track Assembly  
Differential Enthalpy Sensor Installation — To install the  
control, perform the following procedure:  
1. Turn off all power. Ensure disconnect is locked out.  
BLACK SEAL STRIP  
(CENTERED)  
2. Remove the economizer inlet filters from the bottom of  
the right hand economizer hood. See Fig. 37 and 49.  
3. Remove the factory-installed, 620-ohm jumper between  
terminals SR and + on the enthalpy control located inside  
the outdoor air hood.  
FILTER COVER  
4. Connect the violet wire from the enthalpy sensor kit to  
the + terminal on the enthalpy control. Connect the blue  
wire from the enthalpy sensor kit to the SR terminal on  
the enthalpy control.  
5. Turn the enthalpy control set point potentiometer clock-  
wise past the ‘‘D’’ setting on the enthalpy control to con-  
figure the control to operate on differential enthalpy. See  
Fig. 47.  
6. Remove the return-air enthalpy sensor from the accessory  
package. Using the screws provided, mount the sensor in-  
side the return duct near the unit. Do not locate the control  
too far from the unit, or the wires will not reach from the  
sensor to the control. On 48AW,AY and 48EW,EY units,  
the enthalpy sensor can be installed in the return air sec-  
tion of the unit, under the return air dampers.  
Fig. 45 — Attaching Seal Strip to Filter Cover  
51  
7. Route the wires from the enthalpy sensor to the return air  
enthalpy control through the holes on the inside of the  
hinged filter access panel. The holes are blocked by plug  
buttons which should be removed.  
4. Cap off both wires. When the connection is broken the  
base control board is fooled into thinking that the  
enthalpy is not acceptable and economizer operation is  
disabled.  
8. Use field-supplied wire ties to attach the violet wire to the  
+ terminal and the blue wire to the SR terminal.  
9. Replace economizer filters.  
10. Return power to unit.  
Disable Economizer — For applications where the economiz-  
er will not be used (areas of high humidity), the economizer  
should be disabled. To disable the economizer, perform the  
following:  
1. Turn of power. Ensure disconnect is locked out.  
2. Locate the OAT (Outdoor Air Thermostat) in the right  
hand outdoor air damper area.  
3. Locate the splice connecting the violet wire coming from  
T24 on the base control board to the red wire coming  
from T29 on the base control board. Remove the wire nut  
and break the red to violet wire splice.  
5. Return power to unit.  
NOTE: When the economizer is disabled, the damper  
will function as a 2-position damper.  
Step 11 — Position Power Exhaust/Barometric  
Relief Damper Hood — All electrical connections have  
been made and adjusted at the factory. The power exhaust  
blowers and barometric relief dampers are shipped assembled  
and tilted back into the unit for shipping. Brackets and extra  
screws are shipped in shrink wrap around the dampers. If  
ordered, each unit will have 4 (48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-050 and  
48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-048 units) or 6 (48AJ,AK,AW,AY060  
and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY054-068 units) power exhaust blowers  
and motors or 4 (48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-050 and 48EJ,EK,EW,  
EY024-048 units) or 6 (48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 and 48EJ,EK,  
EW,EY054-068 units) barometric relief dampers.  
1. Remove 9 screws holding each damper assembly in  
place. See Fig. 50. Each damper assembly is secured with  
3 screws on each side and 3 screws along the bottom.  
Save screws.  
HH57AC077  
ENTHALPY  
CONTROL  
Be careful when tilting blower assembly. Hoods and blow-  
ers are heavy and can cause injury if dropped.  
2. Pivot each damper assembly outward until edges of  
damper assembly rest against inside wall of unit.  
3. Secure each damper assembly to unit with 6 screws  
across top (3 screws provided) and bottom (3 screws  
from Step 1) of damper.  
4. With screws saved from Step 1, install brackets on each  
side of damper assembly.  
5. Remove tape from damper blades.  
VAV DUCT PRESSURE TRANSDUCER — The VAV duct  
pressure transducer (VAV inverter pressure transducer) is locat-  
ed behind the filter access door on the lower inner panel. See  
Fig. 51. A section of field-supplied 1/4-in. plastic tubing must  
be run from the high pressure tap on the differential pressure  
switch and connected to a field-supplied tap in the supply-air  
duct. The tap is usually located 2/3 of the way out on the main  
supply duct. Remove plug button in panel to route tubing.  
HH57AC078  
C7400A1004  
ENTHALPY SENSOR  
+
(USED WITH ENTHALPY  
CONTROL FOR DIFFERENTIAL  
ENTHALPY OPERATION)  
Fig. 46 — Differential Enthalpy Control and Sensor  
VAV BUILDING PRESSURE TRANSDUCER — The VAV  
building pressure transducer (modulating power exhaust pres-  
sure transducer) is located behind the filter access door on the  
lower inner panel. See Fig. 51. A section of field-supplied  
1/4-in. plastic tubing must be run from the high pressure tap on  
the differential pressure switch to the conditioned space. The  
pressure tube must be terminated in the conditioned space  
where a constant pressure is required. This location is usually  
in an entrance lobby so that the building exterior doors will  
open and close properly. Remove plug button in panel to route  
tubing.  
NOTE: Switches shown in high enthalpy state. Terminals 2 and 3  
close on enthalpy decrease.  
The low pressure tap is factory-routed to the atmosphere.  
For a positive-pressure building, route the high tap to building  
air and low tap to atmosphere. For a negative-pressure build-  
ing, route the high tap to atmosphere and the low tap to build-  
ing air.  
Fig. 47 — Wiring Connections for Solid-State  
Enthalpy Control (HH57AC077)  
52  
CONTROL POINT  
(APPROX. DEG.)  
AT 50% RH F (C)  
CONTROL  
CURVE  
A
B
C
D
73 (23)  
70 (21)  
67 (19)  
63 (17)  
LEGEND  
RH — Relative Humidity  
Fig. 48 — Psychrometric Chart for Enthalpy Control  
NOTE: Partitions shown indicate both side supply (AW,AY,EW,EY) and vertical supply (AJ,AK,EJ,EK) units.  
Fig. 49 — Economizer Details  
53  
NOTES:  
1. Unless otherwise specified, all dimensions are to outside of part.  
2. Dimensions are in inches.  
3. On 48AW,AY and 48EW,EY units, accessory barometric relief or power exhaust must be mounted in the field-supplied return ductwork.  
Fig. 50 — Barometric Relief Damper and Power Exhaust Mounting Details  
Step 12 — Install All Accessories — After all the  
factory-installed options have been adjusted, install all field-in-  
stalled accessories. Refer to the accessory installation instruc-  
tions included with each accessory.  
MOTORMASTER® III CONTROL INSTALLATION  
Install Field-Fabricated Wind Baffles — Wind baffles must  
be field-fabricated for all units to ensure proper cooling cycle  
operation at low-ambient temperatures. See Fig. 52 for baffle  
details. Use 20-gage, galvanized sheet metal, or similar corro-  
sion-resistant metal for baffles. Use field-supplied screws to at-  
tach baffles to unit. Screws should be 1/4-in. diameter and 5/8-in.  
long. Holes for wind baffles are pre-punched in the unit sheet  
metal.  
To avoid damage to the refrigerant coils and electrical com-  
ponents, use recommended screw sizes only.  
LEGEND  
VAV — Variable Air Volume  
The wind baffles attach to flanges formed on the outer sheet  
Fig. 51 — Pressure Transducer Locations  
(48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY054-068)  
metal of the unit corner post. The other end of the baffle is at-  
tached to the center panel between the condenser coil and the  
indoor section. Two baffles are required.  
54  
Install Motormaster® III Controls — Only one Motormaster  
III control is required per unit.  
1
BOTH SIDES  
Motor — One outdoor-fan motor (OFM) must be changed out  
in the field to accommodate the Motormaster III accessory.  
The replacement motor part no. is HD52AK652.  
18  
For 48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-030 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-  
034 units, the Motormaster controlled OFM is the no. 2 OFM  
and is located at the left side of the unit looking from the com-  
pressor end. The no. 1 OFM is controlled to shut off at 55 F and  
on at 65 F outdoor-air temperature and does NOT need to be  
changed out.  
B
0.312 DIA  
HOLES  
61  
For 48AJ,AK,AW,AY035-050 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY038-  
054 units, the Motormaster controlled OFM is no. 1 OFM and  
is located at the left side of the unit looking from the compres-  
sor end and the second motor back. The no. 3 and 4 OFM are  
controlled to shut off at 55 F and on at 65 F outdoor-air temper-  
ature and do NOT need to be changed out. The no. 2 OFM is  
intended to run at all ambient temperatures.  
17.167  
BETWEEN  
HOLES  
(TYPICAL)  
CROSS-BREAK  
A
0.5  
4.62  
For 48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY058-068  
units, the Motormaster controlled OFM is no. 3 OFM and is lo-  
cated at the left side of the unit looking from the compressor  
end and the second motor back.  
The no. 4, 5, and 6 OFMs are controlled to shut off at 55 F  
and on at 65 F outdoor-air temperature and do NOT need to be  
changed out. The no. 1 and 2 OFMs are intended to run at all  
ambient temperatures.  
Sensor — Install the sensor for thermistor input control in the  
location shown in Fig. 53A-53E. Connect sensor leads to the  
violet and gray control signal leads on the Motormaster III  
control.  
UNIT SIZE  
48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-050 and  
48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-054  
48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 and  
48EJ,EK,EW,EY058-068  
A
B
80.5  
79.5  
120.5  
119.5  
NOTE: All dimensions are in inches. Material: 20 gage galvanized  
steel or other non-corrosive material.  
Fig. 52 — Motormaster III Control Baffle Details  
Signal Selection Switch — Remove the cover of the Motor-  
master III control. Set the switch to accept the thermistor  
sensor input signal. Set the frequency to match the unit power  
supply (60 Hz).  
Motormaster III Control — The recommended mounting loca-  
tion is in the indoor fan section, mounted on the panel that sep-  
arates the indoor and outdoor sections. On VAV units, this  
location is next to the VFD (variable frequency drive).  
Do not route the Motormaster III control wiring next to the  
VFD on VAV units. Use a separate connector through the parti-  
tion when wiring to the OFM.  
Electrical Connections  
To avoid possibility of electrical shock and personal  
injury, turn off all power to unit before making electrical  
connections.  
When replacing the OFM, reconnect the black, yellow, and  
blue wires form the outdoor fan contactor to the black, yellow,  
and blue wires of the Motormaster III control. Run new wires  
from the red, orange, and brown wires to the leads of the new  
OFM. Connect the green wire from the control to ground.  
Fig. 53A — Motormaster III Sensor Location  
(48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-030 and  
48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-034)  
NOTE: On all 575-v units, 2 transformers (part no.  
HT01AH851) must be used for each Motormaster III control  
to lower the supply voltage to the control to 460-v. Transform-  
ers can be mounted anywhere outside the control box.  
55  
Fig. 53D — Motormaster III Sensor Location  
(48EJ,EK,EW,EY054-064)  
Fig. 53B — Motormaster® III Sensor Location  
(48AJ,AK,AW,AY035 and  
48EJ,EK,EW,EY038, 044)  
Fig. 53E — Motormaster III Sensor Location  
(48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 and  
Fig. 53C — Motormaster III Sensor Location  
(48AJ,AK,AW,AY040, 050 and  
48EJ,EK,EW,EY048)  
48EJ,EK,EW,EY068)  
56  
48AJ,AK060 and 48EJ,EK054-068 units. These open-  
ings are normally used for power exhaust or barometric  
relief.  
Step 13 — Field Modifications  
DUCTWORK  
Bottom Return Units (48AJ,AK,EJ,EK) Field-Modified for  
Side Return — 48AJ,AK and 48EJ,EK units with bottom re-  
turn air connections may be field-modified to accommodate  
side return air connections.  
3. Run the return air ductwork up to the openings. One sin-  
gle duct is recommended to connect to the unit over the  
return air openings. See Fig. 54. The return duct must in-  
corporate a minimum 3/4-in. flange for connection to the  
unit cabinet. The unit does not have duct flanges for this  
conversion.  
Side Supply and Return Units (48AW,AY,EW,EY) With  
Field-Installed Power Exhaust in Return Duct — Space must  
be available in the return duct to mount the power exhaust fan  
(gravity relief) modules. Dimensions and suggested locations  
are shown in Fig. 55. These instructions are a guideline and not  
a comprehensive procedure. The design contractor must pro-  
vide some design initiative.  
The wiring harness that is provided with the power exhaust  
accessory is not long enough for the fan modules to be mount-  
ed in the return air duct. Field-supplied wiring must be spliced  
into the harness. Use a junction box at each splice. The wiring  
may be run in the return duct as shown in Fig. 55, or externally  
in conduit. A service access panel will be needed near each  
power exhaust fan.  
ELECTRIC UNLOADERS (Constant Volume Units  
Only) — The rooftop units with version 4.0 control software  
and later are capable of controlling electronic unloaders when  
in the constant volume (CV) operating mode. The unloaders  
may be installed in the field and wired to the control box as  
shown in Fig. 56.  
IMPORTANT: The following section is a guideline and not  
a comprehensive procedure to field modify the units. The  
installing contractor must provide some design initiative.  
Field-conversion is complex and is not recommended.  
Units with electric heat must not be converted because of  
potential heating mode operating problems.  
Conversion to horizontal return requires that the bottom re-  
turn openings of the unit must be sealed with airtight panels ca-  
pable of supporting the weight of a person. The return duct-  
work connection locations on the side of the unit are higher  
than normal (31-in. high). Unit-mounted power exhaust or  
barometric relief cannot be used because of return air ductwork  
will cover the power exhaust or barometric relief installation  
locations. Power exhaust or barometric relief may be installed  
in the return air ductwork.  
To convert the unit, perform the following:  
1. Seal the bottom return openings of the unit with airtight  
panels capable of supporting the weight of a person.  
2. Remove the panels located below the economizer out-  
door air dampers. These openings will be used for the re-  
turn air ductwork. There are 2 panels on 48AJ,AK020-  
050 and 48EJ,EK024-048 units. There are 3 panels on  
97.78” (020-050)(024-048), 150.47” (060)(054-068)  
INSIDE DIMENSION  
RA  
31.25”  
INSIDE  
Fig. 54 — Side Return Air Conversion  
57  
ECONOMIZER  
HOOD  
42.56”  
LOCATION  
BAROMETRIC RELIEF  
OR POWER EXHAUST  
“SIDE #2”  
ECONOMIZER  
HOOD  
23.28”  
TYP  
“END #2”  
42” MIN.  
12.94  
(UNIT  
OPENING)  
R/A  
S/A  
“SIDE #1”  
“END #1”  
J BOX  
23.28”  
42.62”  
PLENUM RATED  
CABLE  
(FIELD SUPPLIED)  
42.62  
TYP  
ALTERNATE  
LOCATION  
(END)  
J BOX  
S/A  
R/A  
NOTE: 024-048, 020-050 SIZES SHOWN (2 POWER EXHAUST FANS)  
060, 054-068 SIZES HAVE 3 POWER EXHAUST FANS. ALL  
UNIT SIZES HAVE THE SAME SIZE POWER EXHAUST.  
Fig. 55 — Power Exhaust Relocated to Side Return Duct  
START-UP  
BASE MODULE  
Use the following information and Start-Up Checklist on  
pages CL-1 and CL-2 to check out unit PRIOR to start-up.  
Unit Preparation — Check that unit has been installed in  
accordance with these installation instructions and applicable  
codes.  
T39  
T38  
T37  
T36  
T35  
T34  
T31  
T32  
T33  
COMP #2 UNLOADER  
COM  
UL2  
UL1  
COMP #1 UNLOADER  
CYCLIC COND FAN  
COM  
Compressor Mounting — Loosen the compressor  
hold-down bolts until sidewise movement of the washer under  
each holddown bolt head can be obtained. Do not loosen com-  
pletely as bolts are self-locking and will maintain adjustment.  
CONT COND FAN  
POWER EXHAUST  
DISCRETE  
OUTPUTS  
COM  
POWER EXHAUST  
T30  
T29  
T28  
ELEC HEAT 2  
COM  
ELEC HEAT 1  
Service Valves — Ensure that the suction, discharge, and  
liquid line service valves are open. Damage to the compressor  
could result if they are left closed.  
ECONOMIZER  
4-20 mA OUPUT  
T26  
Internal Wiring — Check all electrical connections in  
unit control boxes; tighten as required.  
Fig. 56 — Wiring Field-Supplied Unloaders for  
Constant Volume Units  
Refrigerant Service Ports — Each refrigerant system  
has one suction port located in the top of the compressor motor  
casing. All units also have one service port on the liquid line  
valve and one on the compressor discharge valve. Be sure that  
caps on the ports are tight.  
58  
TOSHIBA TOSVERT130-E3 VFD — The VFD must be  
powered up, however, since it is located near the indoor fan,  
operation of the fan is not desirable. To disable the fan and set  
the duct static pressure, perform the following procedure:  
1. Open the Indoor Fan Circuit Breaker (IFCB). This will  
shut off power to the VFD.  
Crankcase Heaters — Crankcase heaters are energized  
as long as there is power to the unit, except when the compres-  
sors are operating.  
IMPORTANT: Unit power must be on for 24 hours prior to  
start-up. Otherwise, damage to compressor may result.  
2. Wait for the VFD display to go blank and remove VFD  
cover without touching any interior components. Make  
sure that the charge indicator lamp is out, indicating that  
the VFD is discharged. The lamp is located on the upper  
right hand corner of the terminal block. It may take sever-  
al minutes for the VFD to fully discharge.  
Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) — The variable  
frequency drives are factory set. These settings include factory-  
installed jumpers and software configurations. The only field  
configured set point is duct static pressure. A Toshiba Opera-  
tion Manual is shipped with each VAV unit. This manual  
should be used if the drive needs to be customized for a partic-  
ular application.  
NOTE: The VFD will always provide the proper phase  
sequence to the indoor-fan motor. The indoor-fan motor oper-  
ates in proper rotation regardless of the phase sequence to the  
unit. If, upon start-up, the outdoor fans operate backwards but  
the indoor fan operates in the correct direction, reverse any two  
leads to the main terminal block. All fans will then operate in  
the correct direction.  
A high voltage potential can exist with the indoor fan cir-  
cuit breaker open. The charge LED, located in the top  
right-hand corner of the Toshiba TOSVERT130-E3 VFD  
control board, will indicate charged capacitors. DO NOT  
TOUCH internal high voltage parts if LED is lit.  
A factory-supplied 2-wire duct pressure transducer is sup-  
plied and wired complete with cable ground to reduce electrical  
noise. A 1/4-in. air pressure tube must be routed to a location in  
the supply air ductwork where it can sense supply air duct pres-  
sure. The recommended location is about 2/3 of the way out on  
the supply ductwork, so that a steady pressure will be provided  
for the transducer.  
To set the duct static pressure, perform the following steps.  
The factory setting is zero. The duct transducer has a range  
from 0 to 5 in. wg. The transducer output is 4 to 20 mA, there-  
fore, 0 to 5 in. wg is proportional to the 4 to 20 mA and must be  
expressed to the VFD in terms of percentage of the frequency  
range. Refer to Table 11. The set point value is a percentage of  
the maximum output frequency. Locate the duct static pressure  
closest to that desired and use the corresponding set point val-  
ue. If necessary, interpolation between duct static pressures is  
permissible.  
3. Remove jumper between ST and CC on the terminal  
block and replace the VFD cover. This will disable the  
running of the VFD. Refer to Fig. 57.  
4. Close the IFCB and energize the Indoor Fan Contactor  
(IFC). The VFD is now powered but the fan will not  
operate.  
5. On the front of the VFD is a keypad, which is used to  
change the VFD set point. At this point the drive should  
be disabled and the display read “OFF”. If the current  
output frequency is displayed then verify that the ST and  
CC jumpers have been removed.  
6. Press either the “DOWN ARROW” or “UP ARROW”  
key once, this will display the current frequency set point.  
7. Press either the “DOWN ARROW” or “UP ARROW”  
key to change set point to the appropriate duct static set  
point desired. This number may be adjusted based on  
the amount of static pressure (in. wg) required. Refer to  
Table 11 to identify the VFD Set Point.  
Table 11 — Toshiba TOSVERT VFD Set Point  
(Frequency Command) for Supply Duct Pressure  
PRESSURE  
CONTROL SIGNAL  
(mA)  
VFD SET POINT  
(Hz)  
in. wg  
0.0  
kPa  
DP  
0.000  
0.062  
0.124  
0.187  
0.249  
0.311  
0.373  
0.435  
0.498  
0.560  
0.622  
0.684  
0.747  
0.809  
0.871  
4.0  
4.8  
5.6  
6.4  
7.2  
8.0  
8.8  
9.6  
10.4  
11.2  
12.0  
12.8  
13.6  
14.4  
15.2  
0
3
6
0.25  
0.50  
0.75  
1.00  
1.25  
1.50  
1.75  
2.00  
2.25  
2.50  
2.75  
3.00  
3.25  
3.50  
9
P24 RES RR  
F
R
S1 S2 S3 S4 RCH P24 LOW LOW  
12  
15  
18  
21  
24  
27  
30  
33  
36  
39  
42  
ST  
FM AM CC  
CC RX PP IV  
FP FLC FLB FLA  
+
DP  
NOTES:  
1. Drive enable (ST to CC made).  
2. No emergency off command (S4 to CC made).  
3. Direction command (F or R to CC made).  
4. Frequency reference (4-20mA signal at IV terminal).  
Fig. 57 — Toshiba TOSVERT130-E3 VFD  
Factory-Installed Jumpers  
59  
8. Press “READ/WRITE” key, to enter the new value. The  
desired set point value will alternately flash to indicate  
that the new value has been stored.  
follow an external speed reference signal from the  
control system.  
b. Connect the field-supplied speed reference (4-20  
mA) signal across terminals IV and P24.  
IMPORTANT: The Carrier factory default values for the  
VFD may be different than the default values of the manu-  
facturer. Refer to the Carrier literature when checking  
default values. The following default values have been  
changed from the manufacturer settings to closely match  
the VFD operation with a Carrier VAV unit. Refer to  
Tables 12 and 13.  
11. Once all the changes have been made, open the IFCB.  
12. Wait for the VFD display to go blank and remove VFD  
cover without touching any interior components. Make  
sure that the charge indicator lamp is out. If still lit, wait  
until lamp goes completely out. This may take several  
minutes.  
13. Replace jumper across terminals ST and CC.  
14. Replace VFD cover.  
9. Fire-speed override mode is available by contact closure  
between terminals S1 and CC.  
15. Close the IFCB. The VFD is now powered and the fan  
will operate.  
10. If the VFD is to be controlled by an external control sys-  
tem, other than the factory-supplied duct static pressure  
transducer, follow these steps:  
a. Install a jumper between S2 and CC. This jumper  
will disable the PID (Proportional Integral Deriva-  
tive) control loop in the VFD. The VFD is set to  
Table 12 — Carrier Default Program Parameter Values  
PARAMETER GROUP  
PARAMETER  
ACC1  
DEC1  
UL  
DEFAULT VALUE  
60.0 Sec  
60.0 Sec  
60.0 Hz  
LL  
10.0 Hz*  
Luln  
P3  
1
20%  
F-P3  
P4  
0.0 Hz  
100%  
SetP  
(Setup)  
F-P4  
tHr1  
StC1  
StL1  
OLN  
tYP  
60 Hz  
See Table 13  
0
110%  
1
5*  
FH  
Pt  
60 Hz  
2
Gr.F  
(Fundamental)  
FbP1  
Fbln  
GP  
Gl  
GA  
1*  
2
.30  
2 sec  
0
Gr.Fb  
(Feedback)  
GFS  
P1LL  
PuL  
80  
10  
1
PuUl  
PuLL  
10  
10  
Gr.SF  
Fsor  
Fr  
60 Hz  
0*  
(Frequency Settings)  
Gr.Pn  
(Panel Control)  
1t  
1t0  
1
0
1t1  
1t2  
1t3  
56  
13  
3
Gr.St  
(Terminal Selection)  
1t4  
10  
1*  
2
UuC  
UuCt  
ArSt  
Cnod  
Fnod  
bLPn  
Gr.Pr  
(Protection)  
3
1*  
2*  
1*  
Gr.Ut  
(Utility)  
*These settings differ from the Toshiba defaults and are required for Carrier applications.  
60  
Table 13 — Motor Electronic Thermal Protection (tHr) for Toshiba TOSVERT 130-E3 VFD  
MOTOR  
STANDARD EFFICIENCY  
HIGH EFFICIENCY  
230V  
IFM  
230 V  
380V  
460V  
575V  
IFM  
460V  
Hp  
kW  
Letter*  
Setting  
66  
Setting  
Setting  
72  
Setting  
Letter*  
Setting  
72  
Setting  
5
3.73  
5.60  
7.46  
A
B
C
D
E
F
100  
100  
94  
94  
94  
84  
—
89  
76  
91  
100  
95  
100  
100  
85  
L
M
N
P
Q
R
S
T
72  
80  
100  
100  
100  
91  
7.5  
10  
15  
20  
25  
30  
40  
100  
96  
78  
87  
86  
80  
97  
100  
100  
94  
100  
96  
78  
82  
86  
11.19  
14.92  
18.65  
22.38  
29.84  
G
H
99  
92  
86  
89  
80  
85  
89  
—
85  
*IFM Letter refers to the 15th digit (Motor Option) of the unit model number  
TOSHIBA TOSVERT VF-S9 VFD — The VFD must be  
powered up, however, since it is located near the indoor fan,  
operation of the fan is not desirable. To disable the fan and set  
amount of static pressure (in. wg) required. Refer to the  
Table 8 to identify the VFD Set Point.  
8. Press “ENT” key, to enter the new value. The desired set  
point value will alternately flash to indicate that the new  
value has been stored.  
the duct static pressure, perform the following procedure:  
1. Open the Indoor Fan Circuit Breaker (IFCB). This will  
shut off power to the VFD.  
IMPORTANT: The Carrier factory default values for the  
VFD may be different than the default values of the manu-  
facturer. Refer to the Carrier literature when checking  
default values. The following default values have been  
changed from the manufacturer settings to closely match  
the VFD operation with a Carrier VAV unit. Refer to  
Tables 14 and 15.  
2. Wait for the VFD display to go blank and the charge  
lamplight to go out. Remove the VFD cover without  
touching any interior components. It may take several  
minutes for the VFD to fully discharge.  
A high voltage potential can exist with the indoor fan cir-  
cuit breaker open. The charge lamp LED, located on the  
upper left corner of the Toshiba TOSVERT VF-S9 VFD  
front cover, will indicate charged capacitors. DO NOT  
TOUCH internal high voltage parts if LED is lit.  
9. Fire-speed override mode is available by contact closure  
between terminals S1 and CC.  
10. If the VFD is to be controlled by an external control sys-  
tem, other than the factory-supplied duct static pressure  
transducer, follow these steps:  
3. Remove jumper between R and CC on the terminal block  
and replace the VFD cover. This will disable the running  
of the VFD. Refer to Fig. 58.  
4. Close the IFCB and energize the Indoor Fan Contactor  
(IFC). The VFD is now powered but the fan will not  
operate.  
5. On the front of the VFD is a keypad, which is used to  
change the VFD set point. At this point the drive should  
be disabled and the display read “OFF”. If the current  
output frequency is displayed then verify that the R and  
CC jumpers have been removed.  
6. Press either the “DOWN ARROW” or “UP ARROW”  
key once, this will display the current frequency set point.  
a. Install a jumper between S2 and CC. This jumper  
will disable the PID (Proportional Integral Deriva-  
tive) control loop in the VFD. The VFD is set to  
follow an external speed reference signal from the  
control system.  
b. Connect the field-supplied speed reference  
(4-20 mA) signal across terminals II and P24. See  
Fig. 58.  
11. Once all the changes have been made, open the IFCB.  
12. Wait for the VFD display to go blank and the charge  
lamplight to go out. Remove the VFD cover without  
touching any interior components. It may take several  
minutes for the VFD to fully discharge.  
7. Press either the “DOWN ARROW” or “UP ARROW”  
key to change set point to the appropriate duct static set  
point desired. This number may be adjusted based on the  
13. Replace jumper across terminals R and CC.  
14. Replace VFD cover.  
15. Close the IFCB. The VFD is now powered and the fan  
will operate.  
61  
CC  
VIA  
VIB  
PP  
S3  
II  
FM  
R
RST  
S2  
P24  
F
S1  
CC  
OUT  
E-STOP  
TWO-WIRE  
TRANSDUCER  
4-20mA  
-
+
LEGEND  
Typical Factory Wiring  
Optional Field Wiring  
FIRE SPEED  
OVER-RIDE  
Fig. 58 — Toshiba TOSVERT VF-S9 VFD Factory-Installed Jumpers  
Table 14 — Carrier VFD (Toshiba TOSVERT VF-S9) Program Parameter Values  
PARAMETER GROUP  
COMMUNICATION NO.  
DESCRIPTION  
CARRIER DEFAULT SETTINGS  
Basic Parameters  
CNOd  
FNOd  
Fr  
ACC  
dEC1  
FH  
UL  
LL  
0003  
0004  
0008  
0009  
0010  
0011  
0012  
0013  
0015  
0041  
0018  
Command Mode Selection  
0*  
1*  
Frequency Setting Mode Selection  
Forward/Reverse Run Selection  
Acceleration Time 1  
1*  
10.0 sec  
10.0 sec  
60.0 Hz*  
60.0 Hz*  
10.0 Hz*  
1*  
Deceleration Time 1  
Maximum Frequency  
Upper Limit Frequency  
Lower Limit Frequency  
Pt  
tHr  
Sr1  
V/f Control Mode Selection  
Motor Electronic Thermal Protection Level 1  
Preset-Speed Operation Frequency 1  
See Table 15*  
60.0 Hz*  
Extended Parameters  
F115  
F116  
0115  
0116  
Input Terminal Selection 5 (S2)  
Input Terminal Selection 6 (S3)  
14*  
11*  
Frequency Parameters  
F201  
F202  
F203  
F204  
0201  
0202  
0203  
0204  
VIA/II Input Point 1 Setting  
VIA/II Input Point 1 Frequency  
VIA/II Input Point 2 Setting  
VIA/II Input Point 2 Frequency  
20%*  
0.0 Hz  
100%  
60.0 Hz*  
Operation Mode Parameters  
F300  
F301  
F302  
F303  
F360  
F362  
F363  
0300  
0301  
0302  
0303  
0360  
0362  
0363  
PWM Carrier Frequency  
Auto-Restart Control Selection  
Regenerative Power Ride-through Control  
Retry Selection (Number of Times)  
PI Control  
4 KHz*  
3*  
1*  
2*  
1*  
Proportional Gain  
0.30  
0.20  
Integral Gain  
*These settings differ from the Toshiba defaults and are required for Carrier applications.  
Table 15 — Motor Electronic Thermal Protection (tHr) for Toshiba TOSVERT VF-S9 VFD  
MOTOR  
STD EFFICIENCY  
HIGH EFFICIENCY  
HP kW  
IFM Letter* 230V Setting 380V Setting 460V Setting IFM Letter* 230V Setting 460V Setting  
5
7.5  
10  
15 11.19  
20 14.92  
3.73  
5.60  
7.46  
A
B
C
D
E
83  
80  
85  
81  
94  
77  
88  
75  
98  
—
83  
84  
86  
79  
87  
L
M
N
P
90  
80  
85  
81  
88  
83  
84  
88  
79  
87  
Q
*IFM Letter refers to the 15th digit (Motor Option) of the unit model number.  
62  
the mode of operation (direct or reverse). The 2 jumpers must  
be arranged horizontally for direct action (factory set).  
At the top of the module are two potentiometers. The left  
potentiometer adjusts the offset. The right potentiometer ad-  
justs the differential. The potentiometers are factory set for a  
nominal 0 in. wg building pressure.  
The offset set point is defined as the point at which a mod-  
ule turns off a fan, and is measured in terms of percent of the  
input signal. For control purposes, 0 offset is at an arbitrary  
‘‘floor’’ which is established at 10% of the input signal, or  
1 vdc. In this example, the first stage will turn off at 30%  
(3 vdc), and the offset potentiometer will be set at 20%. The  
second stage will turn off at 50% signal (5 vdc), and the offset  
potentiometer will be set at 40%. The fourth stage is at the  
maximum 75% offset, which equates to 85% signal or 8.5 vdc.  
The offset potentiometer is calibrated in 10% increments.  
Power Exhaust — The optional non-modulating power  
exhaust (CV only) is a two-stage design where the operation of  
the exhaust fans is linked to economizer position. When the  
supply fan is running and the economizer is 25% open, the base  
control board closes contacts, activating 2 (48AJ,AK,AW,  
AY020-050 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-048) or 3 (48AJ,AK,  
AW,AY060 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY054-068) exhaust fans.  
When the economizer position reaches 75% open, the base  
module activates the other 2 (48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-050 and  
48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-048) or 3 (48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 and  
48EJ,EK,EW,EY054-068) exhaust fans. The fans will turn off  
when the economizer closes below the same points. The econ-  
omizer position set points that trigger the exhaust fans can be  
modified, but only through use of the Service Tool, Comfort-  
WORKS®, or Building Supervisor software. If single-stage  
operation is desired, adjust the economizer set points to identi-  
cal values at the desired point to activate all exhaust fans.  
See below for building pressure to signal level.  
The optional modulating power exhaust (VAV standard, CV  
optional) is controlled by a modular electronic sequencer sys-  
tem. This system consists of a model R353 signal input module  
and 4 model S353 staging modules (for 48AJ,AK,AW,AY060  
and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY054-068, 6 model S353 staging mod-  
ules). The signal input module receives a 0 to 10 vdc signal  
from the building pressure transducer, which is mounted adja-  
cent to the supply static transducer behind the filter access pan-  
el. The modules are mounted just below the unit control board.  
The left module is the R353, and the 4 or 6 modules on the  
right are S353 modules for stages 1 through 4 or 6. On the unit  
wiring label, the R353 is designated PESC, and the S353  
modules are designated PES1 through PES4 (PES6 for  
48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY054-068).  
The building pressure transducer range is -0.5 to + 0.5 in.  
wg. It is powered by a 0 to 10 vdc signal. A factory-installed  
hose at the ‘‘Lo’’ connection leads to atmosphere, and a field-  
supplied hose must be connected to the ‘‘Hi’’ connection and  
led into the building to a point where building pressure is to be  
controlled. There is a plug button in the bulkhead just above the  
transducers, for use in leading the hoses into the building via  
the return air ductwork.  
There are 3 adjustments at the R353 module, all of which  
have been factory set. In the center of the circuit board is a set  
of 4 pins with a jumper, labeled J2. This determines the mode  
of operation. The bottom two pins must be jumpered for direct  
operation. Direct operation means that the staging modules are  
activated in sequence as the input signal increases.  
At the upper right corner of the board is a set of 5 pins and  
jumper, which determines the time constant for the control.  
The time constant is the delay in response built into the con-  
trols. The jumper should be on the middle or bottom two pins,  
for the maximum time constant. The delay can be decreased, if  
desired, by moving the jumper progressively upward, always  
jumpering adjacent pins.  
BUILDING PRESSURE  
SIGNAL LEVEL  
(in. wg)  
-0.50  
-0.25  
0.00  
0.25  
0.50  
(vdc)  
2
4
6
8
10  
If the building pressure is controlled at 0 in. wg, offset of the  
first stage should be set at 50%, which equates to 60% of the  
input signal, or 6 vdc. The other stages can then be set as de-  
sired between 50% and 75%.  
The default offset set points for modulating power exhaust  
are shown in Tables 16A and 16B.  
The differential set point is the difference between the turn  
off point and the turn on point for each module. It also is cali-  
brated in terms of percent of input signal, and has a range of  
1% to 7%. The differential potentiometer is calibrated in 1%  
increments, and is factory set at approximately 3%. It is recom-  
mended to leave the set point at 3%, to minimize cycling of the  
fans.  
The offset and differential potentiometers have been factory  
set for atmospheric pressure. Do not change these settings until  
there is some experience with the building. In most cases the  
factory settings will be satisfactory. However, if the building  
pressure is not being maintained as desired, then some minor  
adjusting on a trial and error basis can be made.  
Direct Digital Controls DIP Switch Configura-  
tion — The Direct Digital Control (DDC) board must be  
configured for each application. The DDC board is configured  
through the DIP (Dual In-Line Package) switches located on  
the board. There are 8 DIP switches which configure 8 differ-  
ent applications of the DDC. See Table 17. DIP switch 1 is on  
the left of the block. DIP switch 8 is on the right of the block.  
To open a DIP switch, push the switch up with suitable tool  
(small-blade screwdriver). To close a DIP switch, push the  
switch down. Factory settings are shown in Table 18.  
At the lower left corner of the board below the terminal strip  
is a resistor marked R27. This must be removed in order to ob-  
tain the 0 to 10 vdc signal output. There will not be a resistor on  
a factory-supplied module, but a resistor may be present on a  
replacement module and must be removed.  
The R353 module has a terminal block with 7 connections  
available for wiring. The 2 right-hand terminals are for the  
24 vac and common connections. The next 2 terminals are for  
the 0 to 10 vdc signal. Consult the wiring label for wire identi-  
fication if replacing the module. The 3 left-hand terminals are  
not used for this application.  
The S353 module has an LED (light-emitting diode), a set  
of 4 jumper pins, and 2 potentiometers. The LED will light  
whenever the module is activated, providing a visual indication  
of the number of exhaust fans running. The jumper pins are ar-  
ranged in a square format. Two jumpers are used to determine  
The DIP switch configurations are as follows:  
• DIP switch 1 configures the unit to operate as a VAV or  
CV unit  
• DIP switch 2 configures the unit to use a space sensor  
(VAV units) or a thermostat (CV units)  
• DIP switch 3 configures the DDC for use with an elec-  
tronic expansion board  
• DIP switch 4 is used to field test the unit  
• DIP switch 5 is used to enable occupied heating (VAV  
units) or specify the type of power exhaust (CV units)  
63  
• DIP switch 6 configures the Time Guard® override and,  
when used with the field test function, sets the minimum  
damper position  
quantity limits. Static pressure drop for power exhaust is negli-  
gible. To alter fan performance, see Evaporator Fan Perfor-  
mance Adjustment section on page 91.  
• DIP switch 7 configures the unit for gas heat or electric  
heat  
Condenser Fans and Motors — Condenser fans and  
motors are factory set. Refer to Condenser-Fan Adjustment  
section on page 92 as required. Be sure that fans rotate in the  
proper direction. Fan no. 2 (48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-030 and  
48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-034), fans no. 3 and 4 (48AJ,AK,AW,  
AY035-050 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY038-054), and fans no. 4, 5,  
and 6 (48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY058-068)  
are cycled on the outdoor-air temperature.  
• DIP switch 8 configures the unit for heat pump or air  
conditioner operation.  
Crankcase Heater — Units are equipped with crank-  
case heaters. Crankcase heaters are energized as long as there is  
power supplied to unit. Crankcase heaters deenergize while  
compressors are running.  
The VFD will always provide the proper phase sequence to  
the indoor-fan motor to operate in the proper rotation regard-  
less of the phase sequence to the unit. If on start-up, the outdoor  
fans operate backwards but the indoor fan operates in the cor-  
rect direction, reverse any two leads to the unit main terminal  
block and all fans will operate in the correct direction.  
IMPORTANT: To prevent damage to compressors, crank-  
case heater should be energized 24-hours prior to start-up.  
Evaporator Fan — Fan belt and fixed pulleys are  
factory-installed. See Tables 19-33 for fan performance and  
motor limitations data. Remove tape from fan pulley, and be  
sure that fans rotate in the proper direction. See Table 34 for air  
Table 16A — Power Exhaust Default Set Points (48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-050 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-048)  
OFF STATIC PRESSURE  
STAGE  
OFFSET  
DIFFERENTIAL  
OFF VOLTAGE  
ON VOLTAGE  
(in.wg)  
0.00  
1
2
3
4
50%  
55%  
60%  
64%  
3%  
3%  
3%  
3%  
6.0  
6.5  
7.0  
7.4  
6.3  
6.8  
7.3  
7.7  
0.06  
0.12  
0.18  
Table 16B — Power Exhaust Default Set Points (48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY054-068)  
OFF STATIC PRESSURE  
STAGE  
OFFSET  
DIFFERENTIAL  
OFF VOLTAGE  
ON VOLTAGE  
(in.wg)  
0.00  
0.06  
0.12  
0.19  
0.25  
0.31  
1
2
3
4
5
6
50%  
55%  
60%  
65%  
70%  
75%  
3%  
3%  
3%  
3%  
3%  
3%  
6.0  
6.5  
7.0  
7.5  
8.0  
8.5  
6.3  
6.8  
7.3  
7.8  
8.3  
8.8  
Table 17 — DIP Switch Configuration  
SETTING  
OPEN  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
VAV —  
VAV — Space Sensor  
Installed  
Occupied Time Guard® Override  
Heat  
Enabled  
ON  
Expansion  
Board  
Field Test  
ON  
Heat Pump  
Operation  
VAV  
Gas Heat  
CV —  
Modulated  
Power  
IN CONJUNCTION  
WITH FIELD TEST  
— Set Minimum  
CV — CCN or Sensors  
Used  
Exhaust  
Damper Position  
VAV —  
Occupied  
Heat  
VAV — No Space Sensor  
CV — Thermostat  
Disabled  
Base Control Field Test  
Board Only OFF  
Time Guard Override  
OFF  
Air Conditioner  
Operation  
CLOSED CV  
Electric Heat  
CV —  
Constant  
Volume  
Power  
Exhaust  
LEGEND  
2. The configuration of DIP switches 2 and 5 are dependent on  
DIP switch 1. If DIP switch 1 is set to OPEN (VAV operation),  
then DIP switches 2 and 5 will configure VAV functions.  
3. When the unit is field-tested (DIP switch 4 to OPEN), the func-  
tion of DIP switch 6 changes and it is used to set the minimum  
damper position.  
4. Recycle power to unit after modifying DIP switches. This will  
allow the unit to access the new configurations and update its  
tables.  
CCN — Carrier Comfort Network  
CV — Constant Volume  
VAV — Variable Air Volume  
NOTES:  
1. The OPEN side of the DIP switch is marked ‘‘OPEN.’’ When the  
rocker switch is on the ‘‘OPEN’’ side of the switch, the switch is  
OPEN.  
64  
Table 18 — DIP Switch Factory Settings  
UNIT  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
48AJ,AW and 48EJ,EW  
48AK,AY and 48EK,EY  
Closed  
Open  
Closed  
Closed  
Closed  
Closed  
Closed  
Closed  
Closed  
Closed  
Closed  
Closed  
Open*  
Open  
Closed  
Closed  
*On 48EJ,EW,AJ,AW units equipped with staged gas option, DIP switch 7 should be closed.  
Table 19 — Fan Performance, 48AJ,AK020-030 — Vertical Discharge Units  
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)  
AIRFLOW  
(Cfm)  
0.2  
0.4  
0.6  
0.8  
1.0  
1.2  
1.4  
1.6  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
4,000  
5,000  
394  
388  
433  
484  
537  
590  
645  
700  
755  
811  
868  
924  
1.06  
1.26  
1.80  
2.49  
3.34  
4.35  
5.53  
6.90  
8.46  
416  
453  
495  
540  
589  
638  
690  
742  
795  
849  
904  
959  
1.17  
1.61  
2.18  
2.91  
3.79  
4.83  
6.05  
7.46  
9.05  
481  
512  
549  
591  
635  
682  
731  
781  
832  
884  
937  
990  
1.53  
1.99  
2.58  
3.33  
4.23  
5.31  
6.56  
7.99  
9.61  
538  
566  
600  
637  
678  
723  
769  
817  
1.91  
2.39  
3.00  
3.76  
4.69  
5.78  
7.05  
8.51  
590  
616  
646  
681  
719  
761  
805  
851  
2.30  
2.80  
3.43  
4.21  
5.15  
6.26  
7.55  
9.04  
637  
662  
690  
722  
758  
798  
840  
884  
2.71  
3.23  
3.87  
4.66  
5.62  
6.75  
8.06  
9.56  
680  
704  
731  
761  
795  
833  
873  
3.12  
3.66  
4.32  
5.13  
6.10  
7.24  
8.57  
721  
745  
770  
799  
831  
867  
905  
3.55  
4.11  
4.79  
5.61  
6.59  
7.75  
9.09  
6,000  
7,000  
8,000  
9,000  
10,000  
11,000  
12,000  
13,000  
14,000  
15,000  
916 10.09  
960 11.81  
946 10.62  
989 12.36  
866 10.17  
917 12.02  
968 14.08  
899 10.71  
948 12.59  
930 11.26  
10.23  
12.20  
14.40  
10.85  
12.86  
15.08  
11.44  
13.48  
978 13.16 1006 13.73 1034 14.30  
998 14.68 1026 15.27 1054 15.86 1081 16.45  
15.73 1020 16.37 1049 16.99 1076 17.61 1103 18.22 1128 18.83  
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)  
2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8  
AIRFLOW  
(Cfm)  
1.8  
2.0  
3.0  
3.2  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
4,000  
5,000  
759  
782  
807  
835  
865  
899  
936  
3.97  
4.56  
5.26  
6.09  
7.09  
8.26  
9.61  
795  
818  
843  
869  
898  
931  
4.40  
5.02  
5.74  
6.59  
7.60  
8.78  
829  
853  
876  
902  
930  
962  
4.84  
5.49  
6.23  
7.09  
8.12  
9.31  
862  
885  
909  
934  
961  
992  
5.29  
5.96  
6.72  
7.60  
8.64  
893  
917  
940  
965  
991  
5.73  
6.43  
7.22  
8.12  
923  
947  
970  
994  
6.18  
6.91  
7.72  
952  
976  
999  
6.64  
980  
7.09  
7.88  
8.74  
9.70  
7.39 1004  
8.23 1028  
9.17 1051  
6,000  
7,000  
8.64 1023  
8,000  
9.17 1020  
9.71 1049 10.25 1076 10.80  
9,000  
9.84 1021 10.39 1049 10.94 1076 11.49 1103 12.05  
10,000  
11,000  
12,000  
13,000  
14,000  
15,000  
967 10.15  
996 10.69 1025 11.24 1053 11.79 1080 12.35 1107 12.92 1133 13.49  
976 11.16 1005 11.71 1033 12.26 1060 12.82 1087 13.39 1114 13.96 1139 14.54 1165 15.12  
1018 12.91 1045 13.47 1072 14.04 1099 14.61 1125 15.19 1150 15.77 1175 16.36 1199 16.96  
1061 14.87 1088 15.45 1114 16.03 1139 16.62 1164 17.21 1188 17.80  
1107 17.05 1132 17.64 1157 18.23 1181 18.84  
1153 19.44 1178 20.05  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)  
3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0  
AIRFLOW  
(Cfm)  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
4,000  
5,000  
1007  
1032  
1055  
7.55 1033  
8.37 1058  
9.25 1081  
8.02 1058  
8.86 1084  
8.48 1083  
9.36 1109  
8.95  
9.86  
6,000  
9.77 1107 10.29 1132 10.82  
7,000  
1078 10.23 1105 10.77 1131 11.32 1156 11.86  
1103 11.35 1129 11.90 1155 12.47 1180 13.03  
8,000  
9,000  
1130 12.62 1155 13.19 1180 13.76  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
10,000  
11,000  
12,000  
13,000  
14,000  
15,000  
1158 14.07 1183 14.65  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1189 15.71  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
LEGEND  
Bhp — Brake Horsepower  
NOTES:  
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb,  
cabinet losses, and clean 2-in. filters.  
2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:  
Bhp x 746  
Watts =  
Motor Efficiency  
3. Variable Air Volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton. Per-  
formance at 70 cfm/ton is limited to unloaded operation and  
may be additionally limited by edb (entering dry bulb) and ewb  
(entering wet bulb) conditions.  
65  
Table 20 — Fan Performance, 48AJ,AK035 — Vertical Discharge Units  
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)  
AIRFLOW  
(Cfm)  
0.2  
0.4  
0.6  
0.8  
1.0  
1.2  
1.4  
1.6  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
7,000  
8,000  
433  
480  
528  
577  
627  
677  
728  
779  
831  
883  
935  
987  
2.01  
2.73  
3.59  
4.62  
5.83  
7.22  
8.80  
10.59  
12.60  
14.82  
17.28  
488  
529  
573  
618  
664  
711  
760  
809 11.11  
858 13.13  
909 15.37  
959 17.85  
2.38  
3.12  
4.01  
5.07  
6.29  
7.70  
9.30  
539  
576  
615  
657  
700  
745  
791  
838 11.65  
886 13.68  
934 15.94  
2.76  
3.53  
4.44  
5.52  
6.77  
8.20  
9.82  
587  
620  
656  
695  
735  
778  
822 10.35  
867 12.20  
913 14.25  
960 16.53  
3.14  
3.94  
4.88  
5.98  
7.25  
8.71  
633  
662  
695  
731  
769  
810  
852 10.89  
895 12.75  
940 14.83  
3.54  
4.35  
5.32  
6.44  
7.74  
9.22  
677  
703  
733  
766  
802  
841  
881 11.42  
923 13.31  
966 15.41  
3.94  
4.77  
5.76  
6.91  
8.23  
9.73  
719  
742  
769  
800  
834  
4.36  
5.21  
6.21  
7.38  
8.73  
759  
780  
805  
834  
866  
901 10.77  
938 12.51  
977 14.44  
4.79  
5.65  
6.67  
7.86  
9.22  
9,000  
10,000  
11,000  
12,000  
13,000  
14,000  
15,000  
16,000  
17,000  
18,000  
871 10.25  
910 11.96  
950 13.87  
992 15.99 1017 16.58  
985 17.12 1010 17.72 1034 18.33 1059 18.94  
983 18.43 1007 19.04 1031 19.65 1055 20.27 1078 20.89 1101 21.52  
19.98 1010 20.56 1033 21.16 1056 21.78 1078 22.41 1101 23.05  
—
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)  
AIRFLOW  
(Cfm)  
1.8  
2.0  
2.2  
2.4  
2.6  
2.8  
3.0  
3.2  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
7,000  
8,000  
797  
816  
839  
866  
897  
5.22  
6.10  
7.14  
8.35  
9.73  
834  
852  
873  
898  
5.67  
6.56  
7.61  
8.84  
869  
886  
906  
929  
6.12  
7.03  
8.10  
9.33  
902  
919  
938  
960  
6.57  
7.50  
8.59  
9.84  
934  
951  
969  
7.04  
7.99  
9.08  
965  
982  
999  
7.50  
995  
7.98 1024  
8.97 1040  
8.45  
9.46  
8.47 1011  
9,000  
9.59 1028 10.10 1057 10.61  
990 10.35 1019 10.87 1047 11.39 1075 11.92  
10,000  
11,000  
12,000  
13,000  
14,000  
15,000  
16,000  
17,000  
18,000  
927 10.24  
958 11.82  
956 10.75  
985 11.27 1014 11.79 1041 12.33 1069 12.86 1096 13.41  
930 11.29  
965 13.05  
986 12.35 1014 12.89 1041 13.43 1067 13.97 1093 14.53 1119 15.08  
992 13.60 1019 14.15 1045 14.70 1071 15.26 1096 15.82 1121 16.39 1146 16.96  
1003 15.00 1028 15.57 1054 16.14 1078 16.72 1103 17.29 1127 17.87 1151 18.45 1175 19.04  
1042 17.17 1066 17.76 1090 18.35 1114 18.94 1138 19.54 1161 20.13 1184 20.74  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1082 19.54 1106 20.16 1129 20.77 1151 21.38 1174 22.00 1196 22.61  
—
—
—
—
—
—
1124 22.15 1146 22.78  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)  
3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0  
AIRFLOW  
(Cfm)  
Rpm  
1052  
1068  
Bhp  
8.93 1079  
9.97 1096 10.47 1122 10.98 1148 11.50  
Rpm  
Bhp  
9.42 1105  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
7,000  
8,000  
9,000  
9.90 1131 10.39  
1085 11.13 1112 11.66 1138 12.19 1164 12.72  
1102 12.46 1129 13.00 1155 13.54 1181 14.09  
1122 13.96 1148 14.51 1173 15.07 1198 15.64  
10,000  
11,000  
12,000  
13,000  
14,000  
15,000  
16,000  
17,000  
18,000  
1145 15.65 1170 16.21 1194 16.79  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1170 17.53 1194 18.12  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1198 19.64  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
LEGEND  
Bhp — Brake Horsepower  
NOTES:  
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb,  
cabinet losses, and clean 2-in. filters.  
2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:  
Bhp x 746  
Watts =  
Motor Efficiency  
3. Variable Air Volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton. Per-  
formance at 70 cfm/ton is limited to unloaded operation and  
may be additionally limited by edb (entering dry bulb) and ewb  
(entering wet bulb) conditions.  
66  
Table 21 — Fan Performance, 48AJ,AK040,050 — Vertical Discharge Units  
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)  
AIRFLOW  
(Cfm)  
0.2  
0.4  
0.6  
0.8  
1.0  
1.2  
1.4  
1.6  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
8,000  
9,000  
512  
561  
611  
662  
714  
766  
819 11.29  
872 13.40  
925 15.74  
2.98  
3.90  
5.00  
6.27  
7.74  
9.41  
560  
604  
651  
699  
748  
798  
848 11.84  
899 13.96  
951 16.32  
3.38  
4.33  
5.45  
6.75  
8.24  
9.93  
604  
645  
689  
734  
780  
828 10.46  
877 12.39  
926 14.54  
3.79  
4.77  
5.91  
7.23  
8.75  
647  
685  
725  
768  
812  
858 11.00  
905 12.95  
953 15.11  
4.20  
5.20  
6.37  
7.72  
9.26  
688  
723  
761  
801  
843  
4.62  
5.65  
6.84  
8.21  
9.77  
728  
760  
795  
833  
873 10.29  
916 12.08  
959 14.07  
5.05  
6.10  
7.31  
8.71  
766  
796  
829  
865  
5.49  
6.55  
7.79  
9.20  
803  
831  
861  
895  
5.94  
7.02  
8.27  
9.71  
10,000  
11,000  
12,000  
13,000  
14,000  
15,000  
16,000  
17,000  
18,000  
19,000  
20,000  
903 10.81  
944 12.62  
932 11.33  
971 13.16  
887 11.54  
932 13.51  
986 14.63 1012 15.20  
979 15.70 1004 16.28 1029 16.87 1054 17.46  
976 16.91 1001 17.51 1026 18.12 1050 18.72 1074 19.33 1097 19.94  
979 18.32 1003 18.92 1027 19.53 1051 20.15 1074 20.77 1097 21.40 1120 22.03 1142 22.66  
1032 21.15 1055 21.77 1078 22.40 1100 23.04 1123 23.68 1145 24.33 1166 24.98 1188 25.63  
1086 24.24 1108 24.88 1129 25.52 1151 26.18 1172 26.84 1193 27.51 1214 28.18 1234 28.85  
1140 27.60 1161 28.25 1181 28.92 1202 29.59 1222 30.27 1242 30.95 1262 31.64 1281 32.33  
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)  
AIRFLOW  
(Cfm)  
1.8  
2.0  
2.2  
2.4  
2.6  
2.8  
3.0  
3.2  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
8,000  
9,000  
839  
864  
893  
6.40  
7.49  
8.76  
874  
897  
925  
6.86  
7.97  
9.26  
907  
930  
955  
7.34  
8.46  
9.76  
940  
961  
7.81  
8.95  
971  
991  
8.30 1001  
9.46 1021  
8.79 1030  
9.29 1059  
9.79  
9.97 1050 10.48 1078 11.00  
10,000  
11,000  
12,000  
13,000  
14,000  
15,000  
16,000  
17,000  
18,000  
19,000  
20,000  
985 10.27 1014 10.79 1043 11.31 1071 11.84 1098 12.37  
925 10.21  
960 11.86  
955 10.73  
984 11.25 1012 11.77 1040 12.30 1068 12.84 1095 13.38 1121 13.93  
988 12.39 1016 12.93 1043 13.47 1069 14.02 1095 14.57 1121 15.13 1147 15.69  
998 13.71 1024 14.26 1050 14.82 1076 15.38 1101 15.94 1126 16.51 1151 17.08 1175 17.66  
1037 15.77 1062 16.34 1087 16.92 1111 17.49 1136 18.07 1159 18.66 1183 19.25 1206 19.84  
1078 18.05 1102 18.64 1126 19.23 1149 19.83 1172 20.43 1195 21.03 1217 21.64 1239 22.25  
1121 20.55 1143 21.17 1166 21.78 1188 22.40 1210 23.01 1232 23.64 1253 24.26 1275 24.89  
1164 23.29 1186 23.93 1208 24.56 1229 25.20 1250 25.84 1271 26.48 1291 27.12  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1209 26.28 1230 26.93 1250 27.59 1271 28.25 1291 28.91  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1255 29.52 1275 30.19 1294 30.87  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)  
3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0  
AIRFLOW  
(Cfm)  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
8,000  
9,000  
1086 10.29 1113 10.80 1139 11.31 1164 11.83  
1105 11.52 1131 12.05 1157 12.58 1183 13.12  
1125 12.91 1151 13.46 1177 14.01 1202 14.56  
1147 14.49 1172 15.05 1197 15.61 1222 16.18  
1172 16.26 1196 16.83 1220 17.41 1244 18.00  
1199 18.24 1223 18.83 1246 19.42 1269 20.02  
1229 20.44 1252 21.04 1274 21.64 1296 22.25  
10,000  
11,000  
12,000  
13,000  
14,000  
15,000  
16,000  
17,000  
18,000  
19,000  
20,000  
1261 22.86 1283 23.48  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1296 25.52  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
LEGEND  
Bhp — Brake Horsepower  
NOTES:  
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb,  
cabinet losses, and clean 2-in. filters.  
2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:  
Bhp x 746  
Watts =  
Motor Efficiency  
3. Variable Air Volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton. Per-  
formance at 70 cfm/ton is limited to unloaded operation and  
may be additionally limited by edb (entering dry bulb) and ewb  
(entering wet bulb) conditions.  
67  
Table 22 — Fan Performance, 48AJ,AK060 — Vertical Discharge Units  
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)  
AIRFLOW  
(Cfm)  
0.2  
0.4  
0.6  
0.8  
1.0  
1.2  
1.4  
1.6  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
12,000  
14,000  
15,000  
16,000  
17,000  
18,000  
19,000  
20,000  
21,000  
22,000  
23,000  
24,000  
25,000  
26,000  
27,000  
476  
536  
566  
597  
628  
659  
691  
723  
755  
787  
819  
851  
883  
916  
948  
4.33  
6.19  
7.28  
8.48  
9.80  
11.25  
12.82  
14.53  
16.37  
18.35  
20.48  
22.75  
25.17  
27.76  
30.49  
534  
588  
617  
645  
674  
704  
734  
764  
794  
825  
856  
887  
918  
950  
981  
5.04  
6.96  
8.09  
9.34  
10.71  
12.21  
13.84  
15.60  
17.49  
19.53  
21.71  
24.04  
26.52  
29.15  
585  
636  
662  
5.78  
7.74  
8.90  
632  
680  
704  
6.56  
8.56  
9.73  
674  
720  
7.39  
9.41  
714  
8.24  
751  
9.12  
786 10.02  
827 12.15  
849 13.38  
871 14.73  
894 16.21  
918 17.82  
942 19.57  
966 21.45  
991 23.50  
758 10.30  
781 11.50  
804 12.82  
829 14.27  
853 15.85  
879 17.58  
905 19.44  
931 21.46  
958 23.62  
793 11.21  
816 12.42  
839 13.76  
862 15.23  
886 16.82  
911 18.56  
936 20.44  
961 22.47  
744 10.59  
768 11.90  
793 13.34  
819 14.91  
845 16.62  
872 18.47  
899 20.47  
927 22.61  
954 24.90  
689 10.17  
717 11.58  
745 13.11  
773 14.77  
802 16.57  
831 18.51  
861 20.59  
890 22.81  
920 25.19  
951 27.72  
730 11.02  
756 12.45  
783 14.00  
810 15.69  
838 17.52  
866 19.49  
894 21.60  
923 23.87  
952 26.28  
987 24.64 1016 25.69  
985 25.93 1014 26.97 1042 28.03  
983 27.34 1012 28.40 1041 29.46 1068 30.54  
982 28.84 1011 29.94 1040 31.02 1068 32.11 1095 33.21  
981 30.40 1011 31.57 1040 32.70 1068 33.81 1095 34.92 1122 36.04  
31.95 1012 33.24 1041 34.46 1070 35.62 1097 36.76 1123 37.90 1149 39.04  
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)  
AIRFLOW  
(Cfm)  
1.8  
2.0  
2.2  
2.4  
2.6  
2.8  
3.0  
3.2  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
12,000  
14,000  
15,000  
16,000  
17,000  
18,000  
19,000  
20,000  
21,000  
22,000  
23,000  
24,000  
25,000  
26,000  
27,000  
819 10.93  
859 13.11  
881 14.36  
902 15.72  
925 17.21  
948 18.84  
851 11.85  
890 14.08  
911 15.35  
932 16.73  
954 18.24  
881 12.78  
920 15.06  
940 16.36  
961 17.76  
911 13.72  
948 16.06  
968 17.38  
939 14.67  
967 15.62  
993 16.58 1019 17.54  
976 17.07 1003 18.08 1029 19.11 1054 20.13  
996 18.41 1022 19.45 1048 20.50 1073 21.56  
989 18.80 1016 19.86 1042 20.92 1067 22.00 1092 23.08  
983 19.28 1010 20.34 1036 21.42 1062 22.51 1087 23.60 1112 24.71  
977 19.88 1005 20.94 1032 22.01 1058 23.11 1083 24.21 1108 25.33 1132 26.46  
971 20.60 1000 21.65 1027 22.72 1054 23.81 1080 24.92 1105 26.04 1129 27.18 1153 28.33  
995 22.50 1023 23.57 1050 24.65 1076 25.76 1102 26.88 1126 28.01 1151 29.17 1174 30.33  
1019 24.55 1047 25.63 1073 26.73 1099 27.84 1124 28.97 1149 30.13 1173 31.29 1196 32.47  
1044 26.76 1071 27.84 1097 28.95 1123 30.08 1147 31.22 1172 32.39 1195 33.56  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1069 29.11 1096 30.21 1122 31.33 1147 32.47 1171 33.63 1195 34.80  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1095 31.63 1121 32.74 1146 33.87 1171 35.02 1195 36.19  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1121 34.31 1147 35.44 1171 36.58 1196 37.74  
—
—
—
—
—
—
1147 37.16 1172 38.30 1197 39.46  
1174 40.18 1199 41.34  
—
—
—
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)  
3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0  
AIRFLOW  
(Cfm)  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
12,000  
14,000  
15,000  
16,000  
17,000  
18,000  
19,000  
20,000  
21,000  
22,000  
23,000  
24,000  
25,000  
26,000  
27,000  
1045 18.51 1069 19.48 1093 20.45 1117 21.43  
1079 21.17 1103 22.21 1126 23.26 1149 24.31  
1097 22.63 1121 23.70 1144 24.78 1167 25.86  
1116 24.17 1140 25.28 1162 26.38 1185 27.49  
1135 25.83 1159 26.95 1181 28.09  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1156 27.60 1178 28.74  
1176 29.48 1199 30.65  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1197 31.50  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
LEGEND  
Bhp — Brake Horsepower  
NOTES:  
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb,  
cabinet losses, and clean 2-in. filters.  
2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:  
Bhp x 746  
Watts =  
Motor Efficiency  
3. Variable Air Volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton. Per-  
formance at 70 cfm/ton is limited to unloaded operation and  
may be additionally limited by edb (entering dry bulb) and ewb  
(entering wet bulb) conditions.  
68  
Table 23 — Fan Performance, 48AW,AY020-030 — Horizontal Discharge Units  
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)  
AIRFLOW  
(Cfm)  
0.2  
0.4  
0.6  
0.8  
1.0  
1.2  
1.4  
1.6  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
4,000  
5,000  
394  
398  
451  
506  
562  
620  
679  
738  
798  
859  
920  
981  
1.06  
1.32  
1.90  
2.65  
3.56  
4.65  
5.93  
7.40  
9.09  
424  
465  
511  
560  
612  
666  
721  
777  
835  
1.21  
1.68  
2.29  
3.07  
4.01  
5.13  
6.44  
7.94  
9.66  
488  
523  
564  
609  
657  
707  
760  
814  
1.57  
2.06  
2.70  
3.49  
4.46  
5.60  
6.94  
8.47  
544  
576  
613  
654  
699  
747  
797  
849  
1.96  
2.46  
3.12  
3.93  
4.91  
6.08  
7.44  
9.00  
595  
625  
659  
697  
739  
784  
832  
882  
2.35  
2.88  
3.55  
4.38  
5.38  
6.57  
7.94  
9.52  
642  
670  
702  
737  
777  
820  
866  
2.76  
3.31  
4.00  
4.84  
5.86  
7.06  
8.45  
685  
712  
742  
776  
814  
855  
898  
3.17  
3.75  
4.45  
5.31  
6.34  
7.56  
8.97  
725  
751  
780  
813  
848  
888  
930  
3.59  
4.19  
4.92  
5.79  
6.84  
8.07  
9.50  
6,000  
7,000  
8,000  
9,000  
10,000  
11,000  
12,000  
13,000  
14,000  
15,000  
914 10.05  
963 11.86  
944 10.59  
974 11.13  
869 10.22  
925 12.18  
902 10.77  
956 12.75  
933 11.32  
993 12.42 1021 12.98  
11.01  
13.14  
893 11.60  
952 13.76  
986 13.33 1015 13.90 1042 14.47 1070 15.04  
982 14.37 1011 14.97 1040 15.56 1067 16.16 1094 16.75 1120 17.34  
15.52 1011 16.17 1040 16.80 1068 17.42 1095 18.04 1121 18.65 1146 19.27 1171 19.88  
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)  
AIRFLOW  
(Cfm)  
1.8  
2.0  
2.2  
2.4  
2.6  
2.8  
3.0  
3.2  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
4,000  
5,000  
763  
789  
817  
848  
882  
920  
4.01  
4.64  
5.39  
6.28  
7.35  
8.59  
799  
824  
851  
881  
914  
951  
4.44  
5.10  
5.87  
6.78  
7.86  
9.12  
833  
858  
885  
914  
946  
981  
4.87  
5.56  
6.36  
7.29  
8.38  
865  
891  
917  
945  
976  
5.31  
6.03  
6.85  
7.80  
896  
922  
948  
975  
5.75  
6.50  
7.34  
926  
952  
978  
6.20  
6.98  
955  
981  
6.64  
983  
7.09  
7.94  
8.86  
9.89  
7.46 1009  
8.35 1034  
9.36 1061  
6,000  
7.85 1006  
8.84 1033  
7,000  
8.31 1005  
9.44 1034  
8,000  
8.90 1005  
9.98 1062 10.52 1089 11.07  
9,000  
9.65 1010 10.19 1038 10.74 1066 11.29 1093 11.85 1119 12.41  
10,000  
11,000  
12,000  
13,000  
14,000  
15,000  
960 10.03  
990 10.57 1019 11.12 1047 11.67 1074 12.23 1101 12.79 1127 13.37 1152 13.94  
1003 11.68 1032 12.23 1059 12.79 1086 13.36 1113 13.93 1138 14.51 1163 15.09 1188 15.68  
1049 13.54 1076 14.11 1102 14.68 1128 15.26 1153 15.85 1178 16.43  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1096 15.63 1122 16.21 1147 16.80 1172 17.39 1196 17.99  
—
—
—
—
—
—
1145 17.94 1170 18.54 1194 19.15  
1195 20.50  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)  
3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0  
AIRFLOW  
(Cfm)  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
4,000  
5,000  
1010  
1036  
1061  
7.55 1036  
8.42 1062  
9.37 1088  
8.00 1061  
8.91 1088  
8.46 1086  
9.40 1113  
8.92  
9.89  
6,000  
9.88 1113 10.40 1138 10.92  
7,000  
1087 10.42 1114 10.96 1139 11.50 1164 12.05  
1115 11.62 1141 12.18 1166 12.74 1191 13.30  
8,000  
9,000  
1145 12.98 1170 13.55 1195 14.13  
1177 14.52  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
10,000  
11,000  
12,000  
13,000  
14,000  
15,000  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
LEGEND  
Bhp — Brake Horsepower  
NOTES:  
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb,  
cabinet losses, and clean 2-in. filters.  
2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:  
Bhp x 746  
Watts =  
Motor Efficiency  
3. Variable Air Volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton. Per-  
formance at 70 cfm/ton is limited to unloaded operation and  
may be additionally limited by edb (entering dry bulb) and ewb  
(entering wet bulb) conditions.  
69  
Table 24 — Fan Performance, 48AW,AY035 — Horizontal Discharge Units  
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)  
AIRFLOW  
(Cfm)  
0.2  
0.4  
0.6  
0.8  
1.0  
1.2  
1.4  
1.6  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
7,000  
8,000  
455  
505  
556  
608  
661  
715  
769  
824 11.39  
879 13.54  
934 15.94  
2.15  
2.92  
3.85  
4.96  
6.26  
7.76  
9.46  
508  
553  
599  
648  
698  
749  
800  
853 11.92  
906 14.10  
959 16.52  
2.52  
3.32  
4.28  
5.42  
6.74  
8.25  
9.98  
558  
598  
641  
686  
733  
781  
831 10.51  
881 12.48  
933 14.67  
2.90  
3.73  
4.72  
5.87  
7.22  
8.76  
605  
641  
680  
723  
767  
813  
861 11.05  
909 13.03  
959 15.25  
3.29  
4.14  
5.15  
6.34  
7.71  
9.27  
650  
682  
719  
758  
800  
844  
3.69  
4.56  
5.60  
6.81  
8.20  
9.79  
693  
722  
756  
793  
832  
874 10.31  
918 12.13  
964 14.16  
4.10  
4.99  
6.04  
7.28  
8.70  
734  
761  
792  
826  
864  
4.52  
5.43  
6.50  
7.75  
9.19  
774  
798  
827  
859  
895  
4.95  
5.87  
6.96  
8.24  
9.70  
9,000  
10,000  
11,000  
12,000  
13,000  
14,000  
15,000  
16,000  
17,000  
18,000  
904 10.83  
946 12.67  
933 11.35  
974 13.22  
890 11.59  
937 13.60  
990 14.73 1016 15.30  
985 15.84 1010 16.42 1035 17.01 1060 17.60  
984 17.11 1009 17.70 1034 18.31 1058 18.92 1082 19.53 1105 20.14  
989 18.58 1013 19.18 1037 19.79 1060 20.41 1084 21.03 1107 21.66 1129 22.29 1151 22.92  
1044 21.49 1067 22.10 1090 22.73 1112 23.37  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)  
2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8  
AIRFLOW  
(Cfm)  
1.8  
2.0  
3.0  
3.2  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
7,000  
8,000  
811  
834  
861  
891  
5.39  
6.33  
7.44  
8.73  
847  
869  
894  
922  
5.83  
6.79  
7.92  
9.22  
882  
902  
926  
953  
6.29  
7.26  
8.40  
9.72  
915  
935  
957  
6.75  
7.74  
8.90  
947  
966  
988  
7.21  
8.22  
977  
997  
7.68 1007  
8.71 1026  
8.15 1035  
9.21 1055  
8.63  
9.71  
9,000  
9.40 1017  
9.90 1046 10.42 1075 10.94  
10,000  
11,000  
12,000  
13,000  
14,000  
15,000  
16,000  
17,000  
18,000  
983 10.23 1012 10.75 1041 11.27 1069 11.80 1096 12.33  
925 10.20  
961 11.88  
954 10.72  
983 11.24 1012 11.76 1040 12.29 1067 12.83 1094 13.37 1120 13.92  
989 12.41 1017 12.95 1044 13.49 1070 14.04 1096 14.59 1122 15.15 1147 15.71  
1000 13.76 1027 14.32 1053 14.87 1078 15.43 1104 16.00 1129 16.57 1153 17.14 1177 17.72  
1041 15.86 1066 16.44 1091 17.01 1116 17.59 1140 18.18 1163 18.76 1187 19.35  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1084 18.19 1108 18.79 1131 19.38 1155 19.98 1178 20.58  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1128 20.75 1151 21.37 1173 21.98 1196 22.60  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)  
3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0  
AIRFLOW  
(Cfm)  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
7,000  
8,000  
1063  
9.11 1090  
9.60 1115 10.09 1141 10.58  
1082 10.21 1109 10.72 1135 11.23 1161 11.75  
1102 11.46 1129 11.99 1155 12.52 1180 13.05  
1123 12.87 1149 13.42 1175 13.97 1200 14.52  
9,000  
10,000  
11,000  
12,000  
13,000  
14,000  
15,000  
16,000  
17,000  
18,000  
1146 14.47 1172 15.03 1197 15.60  
1172 16.28 1197 16.85  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
LEGEND  
Bhp — Brake Horsepower  
NOTES:  
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb,  
cabinet losses, and clean 2-in. filters.  
2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:  
Bhp x 746  
Watts =  
Motor Efficiency  
3. Variable Air Volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton. Per-  
formance at 70 cfm/ton is limited to unloaded operation and  
may be additionally limited by edb (entering dry bulb) and ewb  
(entering wet bulb) conditions.  
70  
Table 25 — Fan Performance, 48AW,AY040,050 — Horizontal Discharge Units  
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)  
AIRFLOW  
(Cfm)  
0.2  
0.4  
0.6  
0.8  
1.0  
1.2  
1.4  
1.6  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
8,000  
9,000  
536  
588  
642  
696  
751  
807 10.09  
863 12.12  
919 14.38  
3.18  
4.17  
5.35  
6.72  
8.29  
582  
630  
680  
732  
784  
837 10.62  
891 12.67  
946 14.96  
3.58  
4.60  
5.80  
7.20  
8.80  
626  
670  
717  
766  
816  
867 11.16  
919 13.23  
972 15.54  
3.99  
5.04  
6.27  
7.69  
9.32  
668  
709  
753  
799  
847  
4.41  
5.48  
6.73  
8.18  
9.83  
708  
746  
787  
831  
877 10.35  
924 12.24  
973 14.36  
4.83  
5.93  
7.20  
8.67  
747  
782  
821  
863  
5.27  
6.38  
7.68  
9.17  
785  
818  
854  
893  
5.71  
6.84  
8.16  
9.68  
821  
852  
886  
6.16  
7.31  
8.65  
10,000  
11,000  
12,000  
13,000  
14,000  
15,000  
16,000  
17,000  
18,000  
19,000  
20,000  
923 10.18  
964 11.92  
906 10.87  
952 12.78  
935 11.40  
896 11.70  
946 13.79  
979 13.33 1006 13.88  
999 14.92 1025 15.49 1050 16.06  
997 16.12 1023 16.71 1047 17.30 1072 17.89 1096 18.48  
975 16.90 1000 17.49 1025 18.09 1049 18.70 1073 19.31 1097 19.92 1120 20.53 1143 21.15  
1032 19.67 1056 20.29 1079 20.91 1102 21.54 1125 22.17 1147 22.80 1169 23.44 1191 24.07  
1089 22.71 1111 23.35 1134 23.99 1155 24.64 1177 25.29 1198 25.95 1219 26.60 1240 27.26  
1146 26.04 1167 26.69 1188 27.35 1209 28.02 1230 28.69 1250 29.37 1270 30.04 1290 30.72  
1203 29.65 1224 30.32 1244 31.00 1263 31.69 1283 32.38  
—
—
—
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)  
2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8  
AIRFLOW  
(Cfm)  
1.8  
2.0  
3.0  
3.2  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
7.57  
8.77  
Rpm  
955  
980  
Bhp  
8.05  
9.27 1010  
Rpm  
986  
Bhp  
8.54 1016  
9.77 1039 10.28 1067 10.80 1095 11.32  
Rpm  
Bhp  
9.03 1045  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
8,000  
9,000  
857  
885  
917  
6.63  
7.79  
9.14  
891  
918  
948  
7.09  
8.28  
9.65  
923  
949  
9.53 1073 10.03  
10,000  
11,000  
12,000  
13,000  
14,000  
15,000  
16,000  
17,000  
18,000  
19,000  
20,000  
978 10.15 1008 10.67 1036 11.19 1064 11.72 1092 12.25 1119 12.79  
953 10.70  
982 11.21 1010 11.74 1038 12.27 1066 12.81 1093 13.35 1119 13.90 1145 14.45  
991 12.46 1019 12.99 1046 13.53 1072 14.08 1098 14.63 1124 15.19 1149 15.76 1174 16.32  
1032 14.43 1058 14.99 1084 15.55 1109 16.11 1134 16.68 1158 17.26 1182 17.84 1206 18.42  
1075 16.64 1100 17.21 1124 17.79 1148 18.38 1171 18.97 1195 19.55 1218 20.15 1241 20.75  
1120 19.08 1143 19.68 1166 20.27 1189 20.88 1211 21.49 1234 22.09 1256 22.71 1277 23.32  
1165 21.76 1188 22.38 1210 23.00 1231 23.62 1253 24.25 1274 24.88 1295 25.51  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1213 24.71 1234 25.35 1255 25.99 1276 26.63 1296 27.27  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1261 27.92 1281 28.58  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)  
3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0  
AIRFLOW  
(Cfm)  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
8,000  
9,000  
1100 10.54 1126 11.05 1152 11.56 1177 12.08  
1122 11.85 1148 12.38 1174 12.91 1199 13.45  
1145 13.33 1171 13.88 1196 14.43 1221 14.99  
1171 15.01 1196 15.57 1220 16.14 1245 16.72  
1199 16.90 1223 17.48 1247 18.06 1270 18.65  
1230 19.01 1253 19.60 1276 20.20 1299 20.80  
10,000  
11,000  
12,000  
13,000  
14,000  
15,000  
16,000  
17,000  
18,000  
19,000  
20,000  
1263 21.35 1285 21.96  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1299 23.94  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
LEGEND  
Bhp — Brake Horsepower  
NOTES:  
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb,  
cabinet losses, and clean 2-in. filters.  
2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:  
Bhp x 746  
Watts =  
Motor Efficiency  
3. Variable Air Volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton. Per-  
formance at 70 cfm/ton is limited to unloaded operation and  
may be additionally limited by edb (entering dry bulb) and ewb  
(entering wet bulb) conditions.  
71  
Table 26 — Fan Performance, 48AW,AY060 — Horizontal Discharge Units  
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)  
AIRFLOW  
(Cfm)  
0.2  
0.4  
0.6  
0.8  
1.0  
1.2  
1.4  
1.6  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
12,000  
14,000  
15,000  
16,000  
17,000  
18,000  
19,000  
20,000  
21,000  
22,000  
23,000  
24,000  
25,000  
26,000  
27,000  
516  
584  
619  
654  
689 10.99  
725 12.64  
760 14.43  
796 16.37  
832 18.47  
869 20.74  
905 23.17  
942 25.78  
4.81  
6.90  
8.13  
9.49  
569  
632  
664  
5.54  
7.69  
8.96  
617  
676  
706  
6.30  
8.50  
9.79  
660  
716  
7.10  
9.33  
701  
7.93  
739  
8.79  
774  
9.68  
808 10.59  
857 12.97  
882 14.35  
908 15.86  
935 17.52  
962 19.33  
990 21.29  
754 10.20  
782 11.53  
811 13.00  
840 14.61  
870 16.38  
900 18.29  
931 20.36  
963 22.59  
790 11.10  
817 12.44  
845 13.93  
873 15.56  
902 17.34  
932 19.27  
962 21.36  
824 12.02  
850 13.38  
877 14.88  
904 16.53  
933 18.32  
961 20.27  
745 10.65  
775 12.10  
806 13.69  
837 15.43  
868 17.32  
900 19.37  
932 21.57  
965 23.94  
697 10.36  
730 11.90  
764 13.58  
798 15.41  
833 17.39  
867 19.54  
902 21.84  
937 24.31  
737 11.22  
769 12.79  
801 14.51  
834 16.37  
867 18.39  
901 20.56  
934 22.90  
968 25.40  
991 22.38 1019 23.42  
992 23.61 1020 24.65 1048 25.71  
995 24.98 1023 26.03 1051 27.09 1077 28.17  
998 26.48 1027 27.55 1055 28.62 1081 29.70 1107 30.79  
973 26.95 1003 28.08 1032 29.18 1059 30.28 1086 31.38 1113 32.48 1138 33.59  
978 28.56 1008 29.77 1037 30.93 1065 32.07 1092 33.20 1119 34.32 1144 35.44 1169 36.58  
1015 31.52 1044 32.76 1072 33.96 1099 35.13 1125 36.29 1151 37.44 1176 38.59  
—
—
—
—
1052 34.66 1080 35.94 1107 37.18 1133 38.38 1159 39.57 1184 40.75  
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)  
AIRFLOW  
(Cfm)  
1.8  
2.0  
2.2  
2.4  
2.6  
2.8  
3.0  
3.2  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
12,000  
14,000  
15,000  
16,000  
17,000  
18,000  
19,000  
20,000  
21,000  
22,000  
23,000  
24,000  
25,000  
26,000  
27,000  
841 11.52  
888 13.94  
912 15.33  
938 16.86  
964 18.54  
872 12.46  
917 14.92  
941 16.34  
966 17.88  
901 13.42  
946 15.92  
970 17.36  
930 14.38  
958 15.36  
985 16.34 1011 17.33 1036 18.33  
974 16.94 1001 17.97 1027 19.01 1052 20.06 1077 21.12  
997 18.40 1024 19.45 1049 20.51 1074 21.58 1099 22.67  
994 18.93 1021 19.98 1047 21.05 1072 22.14 1097 23.23 1121 24.34  
992 19.58 1019 20.63 1045 21.70 1071 22.79 1096 23.89 1120 25.01 1144 26.13  
990 20.36 1018 21.41 1045 22.48 1070 23.57 1096 24.67 1120 25.79 1144 26.93 1167 28.07  
1018 22.34 1045 23.40 1071 24.49 1096 25.59 1121 26.71 1145 27.84 1169 28.99 1192 30.16  
1046 24.48 1072 25.56 1098 26.66 1123 27.77 1147 28.90 1171 30.05 1194 31.21  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1074 26.78 1100 27.87 1125 28.99 1150 30.12 1173 31.26 1197 32.42  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1103 29.26 1129 30.36 1153 31.49 1177 32.63  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1133 31.90 1157 33.02 1181 34.16  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1163 34.72 1187 35.86  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1193 37.72  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)  
3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0  
AIRFLOW  
(Cfm)  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
12,000  
14,000  
15,000  
16,000  
17,000  
18,000  
19,000  
20,000  
21,000  
22,000  
23,000  
24,000  
25,000  
26,000  
27,000  
1061 19.33 1085 20.34 1108 21.35 1131 22.36  
1101 22.18 1125 23.25 1148 24.33 1170 25.42  
1122 23.76 1146 24.86 1168 25.97 1191 27.08  
1144 25.45 1167 26.58 1190 27.71  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1167 27.27 1190 28.42  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1190 29.23  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
LEGEND  
Bhp — Brake Horsepower  
NOTES:  
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb,  
cabinet losses, and clean 2-in. filters.  
2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:  
Bhp x 746  
Watts =  
Motor Efficiency  
3. Variable Air Volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton. Per-  
formance at 70 cfm/ton is limited to unloaded operation and  
may be additionally limited by edb (entering dry bulb) and ewb  
(entering wet bulb) conditions.  
72  
Table 27 — Fan Performance, 48EJ,EK024,034 — Vertical Discharge Units  
(For EW,EY units, reduce net available external static pressure by 0.3 in. wg)  
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)  
AIRFLOW  
(Cfm)  
0.2  
0.4  
0.6  
0.8  
1.0  
1.2  
1.4  
1.6  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
4,000  
5,000  
340  
384  
432  
483  
536  
549  
590  
645  
701  
757  
786  
814  
857  
871  
929  
0.83  
1.25  
1.79  
2.48  
3.33  
3.57  
4.34  
5.54  
6.92  
8.49  
9.36  
416  
453  
495  
540  
588  
600  
637  
689  
741  
795  
822  
849  
890  
904  
960  
1.17  
1.61  
2.19  
2.91  
3.78  
4.02  
4.82  
6.04  
7.44  
9.04  
9.92  
480  
513  
550  
591  
635  
646  
681  
729  
779  
830  
856  
883  
922  
936  
990  
1.52  
1.99  
2.59  
3.33  
4.23  
4.48  
5.30  
6.54  
7.96  
9.59  
10.47  
11.41  
12.92  
13.45  
537  
566  
600  
638  
679  
690  
722  
768  
816  
865 10.14  
890 11.03  
915 11.98  
953 13.51  
966 14.05  
1.90  
2.39  
3.01  
3.77  
4.69  
4.95  
5.78  
7.04  
8.49  
588  
615  
647  
682  
720  
730  
762  
805  
850  
2.29  
2.79  
3.43  
4.22  
5.16  
5.42  
6.27  
7.56  
9.03  
635  
660  
690  
723  
759  
769  
799  
840  
884  
2.69  
3.21  
3.87  
4.67  
5.64  
5.90  
6.77  
8.07  
9.56  
679  
703  
730  
762  
797  
806  
834  
874  
3.11  
3.64  
4.31  
5.14  
6.12  
6.39  
7.27  
8.59  
720  
742  
769  
799  
832  
841  
868  
906  
3.53  
4.08  
4.77  
5.61  
6.61  
6.88  
7.77  
9.12  
6,000  
7,000  
8,000  
8,250  
9,000  
10,000  
11,000  
12,000  
12,500  
13,000  
13,750  
14,000  
15,000  
916 10.10  
960 11.81  
947 10.65  
990 12.37  
898 10.69  
922 11.60  
946 12.56  
929 11.25  
953 12.16  
983 12.73 1012 13.31  
10.28  
11.75  
12.27  
14.50  
10.84  
12.34  
12.86  
15.10  
976 13.13 1006 13.71 1034 14.30  
983 14.10 1012 14.69 1041 15.28 1068 15.88  
996 14.64 1025 15.23 1053 15.83 1080 16.43  
15.71 1019 16.33 1047 16.94 1074 17.55 1101 18.17 1127 18.79  
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)  
2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8  
AIRFLOW  
(Cfm)  
1.8  
2.0  
3.0  
3.2  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
4,000  
5,000  
759  
780  
805  
834  
866  
874  
901  
938  
3.97  
4.53  
5.23  
6.09  
7.10  
7.38  
8.29  
9.65  
796  
816  
840  
868  
899  
907  
932  
4.42  
4.99  
5.70  
6.57  
7.60  
7.89  
8.80  
831  
851  
874  
901  
930  
938  
963  
4.87  
5.45  
6.18  
7.07  
8.11  
8.40  
9.33  
865  
884  
906  
932  
961  
968  
992  
5.34  
5.93  
6.67  
7.56  
8.62  
8.92  
897  
916  
937  
962  
990  
998  
5.81  
6.41  
7.16  
8.07  
929  
946  
968  
992  
6.30  
6.90  
7.66  
959  
976  
997  
6.79  
988  
7.28  
7.91  
8.69  
9.63  
7.40 1005  
8.17 1025  
9.10 1048  
6,000  
7,000  
8.58 1020  
8,000  
9.14 1019  
9.44 1026  
9.67 1047 10.20 1074 10.74  
9.97 1054 10.50 1081 11.04  
8,250  
9,000  
9.86 1021 10.39 1049 10.93 1076 11.48 1102 12.03  
10,000  
11,000  
12,000  
12,500  
13,000  
13,750  
14,000  
15,000  
968 10.18  
997 10.72 1026 11.27 1054 11.82 1081 12.37 1107 12.93 1133 13.49  
977 11.19 1006 11.75 1035 12.30 1062 12.87 1089 13.43 1115 14.00 1141 14.57 1166 15.15  
1019 12.94 1047 13.51 1074 14.08 1100 14.66 1126 15.24 1152 15.83 1177 16.42 1201 17.01  
1040 13.88 1067 14.46 1094 15.05 1120 15.63 1146 16.22 1171 16.82 1195 17.41  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1062 14.88 1089 15.47 1115 16.06 1140 16.66 1166 17.25 1190 17.86  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1095 16.48 1121 17.08 1147 17.68 1172 18.29 1196 18.90  
—
—
—
—
—
—
1106 17.04 1132 17.64 1157 18.25 1182 18.86  
1152 19.41 1177 20.04 1200 20.66  
—
—
—
—
—
—
LEGEND  
Bhp — Brake Horsepower  
NOTES:  
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)  
3.4 3.6 3.8  
AIRFLOW  
(Cfm)  
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb,  
cabinet losses, and clean 2-in. filters.  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:  
4,000  
5,000  
1017  
1033  
1053  
1075  
1100  
1107  
1128  
1158  
1190  
—
7.79  
8.42  
9.21  
10.16  
11.28  
11.59  
12.58  
14.06  
15.74  
—
1045  
1061  
1080  
1102  
1126  
1133  
1153  
1183  
—
8.30  
8.94  
9.73  
10.69  
11.83  
12.14  
13.14  
14.63  
—
1072  
1087  
1106  
1127  
1151  
1158  
1178  
—
8.82  
9.46  
10.27  
11.24  
12.38  
12.69  
13.70  
—
Bhp x 746  
Watts =  
6,000  
Motor Efficiency  
7,000  
3. Variable Air Volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton. Per-  
formance at 70 cfm/ton is limited to unloaded operation and  
may be additionally limited by edb (entering dry bulb) and ewb  
(entering wet bulb) conditions.  
8,000  
8,250  
9,000  
10,000  
11,000  
12,000  
12,500  
13,000  
13,750  
14,000  
15,000  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
73  
Table 28 — Fan Performance, 48EJ,EK038,044 — Vertical Discharge Units  
(For EW,EY units, reduce net available external static pressure by 0.5 in. wg)  
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)  
AIRFLOW  
(Cfm)  
0.2  
0.4  
0.6  
0.8  
1.0  
1.2  
1.4  
1.6  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
7,000  
8,000  
429  
475  
523  
571  
620  
670  
720  
771  
822 10.88  
873 12.80  
924 14.91  
976 17.24  
1.70  
2.36  
3.11  
4.00  
5.04  
6.24  
7.61  
9.15  
484  
525  
567  
612  
658  
705  
752  
801 10.97  
850 12.95  
899 15.16  
949 17.59  
2.40  
3.09  
3.97  
5.01  
6.22  
7.61  
9.19  
536  
571  
610  
651  
694  
738  
784  
830 11.51  
877 13.52  
925 15.74  
974 18.20  
2.70  
3.49  
4.39  
5.46  
6.69  
8.10  
9.70  
584  
616  
651  
689  
729  
771  
814 10.23  
859 12.05  
904 14.08  
951 16.33  
3.10  
3.90  
4.82  
5.91  
7.17  
8.60  
630  
658  
690  
725  
763  
803  
844 10.75  
887 12.60  
931 14.65  
3.50  
4.31  
5.26  
6.37  
7.65  
9.11  
674  
699  
728  
761  
796  
834  
874 11.29  
915 13.15  
957 15.22  
3.90  
4.74  
5.71  
6.84  
8.14  
9.62  
716  
738  
765  
795  
829  
4.30  
5.17  
6.16  
7.31  
8.64  
756  
776  
801  
829  
860  
894 10.65  
931 12.36  
969 14.27  
4.80  
5.61  
6.62  
7.79  
9.14  
9,000  
10,000  
11,000  
12,000  
13,000  
14,000  
15,000  
16,000  
17,000  
18,000  
19,000  
20,000  
865 10.13  
902 11.82  
942 13.71  
983 15.80 1008 16.38  
976 16.92 1001 17.51 1025 18.11 1049 18.71  
998 18.80 1022 19.41 1045 20.03 1069 20.64 1092 21.26  
999 20.26 1023 20.88 1046 21.51 1068 22.14 1091 22.77 1113 23.41 1135 24.05  
1027 19.77 1050 23.17 1072 23.82 1094 24.46 1115 25.11 1137 25.76 1158 26.42 1179 27.07  
1079 22.53 1100 26.33 1122 27.00 1142 27.66 1163 28.33 1183 29.00  
—
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)  
AIRFLOW  
(Cfm)  
1.8  
2.0  
2.2  
2.4  
2.6  
2.8  
3.0  
3.2  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
7,000  
8,000  
794  
813  
835  
862  
891  
5.20  
6.06  
7.09  
8.28  
9.64  
832  
848  
869  
893  
5.62  
6.52  
7.56  
8.77  
868  
883  
902  
925  
6.06  
6.98  
8.04  
9.27  
903  
916  
934  
955  
6.52  
7.45  
8.53  
9.77  
937  
949  
965  
6.98  
7.92  
9.02  
971  
981  
995  
7.44 1003  
8.40 1012  
7.92 1035  
8.89 1042  
8.40  
9.38  
9,000  
9.52 1025 10.02 1054 10.53  
10,000  
11,000  
12,000  
13,000  
14,000  
15,000  
16,000  
17,000  
18,000  
19,000  
20,000  
985 10.28 1014 10.79 1043 11.31 1071 11.84  
921 10.15  
952 11.71  
951 10.67  
980 11.19 1008 11.71 1036 12.24 1064 12.78 1090 13.32  
924 11.18  
958 12.91  
980 12.24 1008 12.78 1035 13.32 1062 13.87 1088 14.42 1114 14.98  
986 13.45 1012 14.01 1039 14.56 1064 15.13 1090 15.69 1115 16.26 1140 16.83  
995 14.83 1021 15.40 1046 15.97 1071 16.55 1096 17.13 1120 17.71 1144 18.29 1168 18.89  
1033 16.96 1058 17.55 1082 18.14 1106 18.73 1130 19.33 1153 19.93 1176 20.54 1199 21.14  
1073 19.31 1097 19.92 1120 20.52 1143 21.14 1165 21.75 1188 22.37  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1114 21.88 1137 22.51 1159 23.13 1181 23.76  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1156 24.69 1178 25.33 1199 25.98  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
LEGEND  
Bhp — Brake Horsepower  
NOTES:  
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)  
3.4 3.6 3.8  
AIRFLOW  
(Cfm)  
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb,  
cabinet losses, and clean 2-in. filters.  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:  
7,000  
8,000  
9,000  
1066  
1072  
1083  
1098  
1117  
1139  
1164  
1191  
—
8.88  
9.88  
11.04  
12.37  
13.86  
15.54  
17.41  
19.48  
—
1096  
1101  
1111  
1125  
1143  
1164  
1188  
—
9.38  
10.39  
11.56  
12.90  
14.41  
16.11  
17.99  
—
1125  
1130  
1139  
1152  
1169  
1189  
—
9.88  
10.90  
12.08  
13.44  
14.96  
16.68  
—
Bhp x 746  
Watts =  
Motor Efficiency  
10,000  
11,000  
12,000  
13,000  
14,000  
15,000  
16,000  
17,000  
18,000  
19,000  
20,000  
3. Variable Air Volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton. Per-  
formance at 70 cfm/ton is limited to unloaded operation and  
may be additionally limited by edb (entering dry bulb) and ewb  
(entering wet bulb) conditions.  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
74  
Table 29 — Fan Performance, 48EJ,EK048 — Vertical Discharge Units  
(For EW,EY units, reduce net available external static pressure by 0.5 in. wg)  
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)  
AIRFLOW  
(Cfm)  
0.2  
0.4  
0.6  
0.8  
1.0  
1.2  
1.4  
1.6  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
9,000  
10,000  
11,000  
12,000  
13,000  
14,000  
15,000  
16,000  
17,000  
18,000  
19,000  
20,000  
528  
577  
627  
677  
728  
779  
830 11.03  
882 12.97  
934 15.12  
3.20  
4.10  
5.10  
6.30  
7.71  
9.28  
572  
617  
664  
711  
760  
809 11.11  
858 13.13  
908 15.36  
959 17.83  
4.00  
5.10  
6.30  
7.70  
9.31  
615  
657  
700  
745  
791  
838 11.65  
886 13.69  
934 15.95  
4.40  
5.50  
6.80  
8.20  
9.83  
656  
694  
735  
778  
822 10.35  
867 12.20  
913 14.26  
960 16.54  
4.90  
6.00  
7.30  
8.70  
695  
731  
769  
809  
851 10.88  
895 12.75  
939 14.83  
5.30  
6.40  
7.70  
9.20  
733  
766  
802  
841  
881 11.42  
923 13.31  
966 15.41  
5.80  
6.90  
8.20  
9.70  
769  
801  
835  
6.20  
7.40  
8.70  
805  
834  
866  
901 10.80  
938 12.50  
976 14.43  
6.70  
7.90  
9.20  
871 10.20  
909 11.95  
950 13.87  
991 15.99 1017 16.57  
985 17.13 1010 17.73 1034 18.33 1058 18.93  
983 18.44 1008 19.05 1031 19.66 1055 20.28 1078 20.89 1101 21.52  
986 17.47 1010 20.53 1033 21.16 1056 21.79 1078 22.42 1101 23.06 1123 23.70 1145 24.34  
1038 20.05 1061 23.49 1083 24.13 1105 24.78 1126 25.44 1147 26.09 1169 26.75 1190 27.41  
1091 22.84 1112 26.69 1133 27.36 1154 28.03 1174 28.70 1195 29.37  
—
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)  
AIRFLOW  
(Cfm)  
1.8  
2.0  
2.2  
2.4  
2.6  
2.8  
3.0  
3.2  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
9,000  
10,000  
11,000  
12,000  
13,000  
14,000  
15,000  
16,000  
17,000  
18,000  
19,000  
20,000  
839  
866  
897  
7.10  
8.40  
9.70  
873  
898  
7.62  
8.85  
905  
929  
8.10  
9.34  
937  
959  
8.59  
9.85  
968  
9.08  
999  
9.57 1028 10.08 1057 10.58  
989 10.36 1018 10.87 1047 11.39 1075 11.91  
927 10.24  
958 11.82  
956 10.76  
985 11.28 1013 11.81 1041 12.34 1068 12.87 1095 13.41  
930 11.30  
965 13.04  
986 12.36 1014 12.90 1041 13.44 1067 13.99 1093 14.54 1119 15.10  
992 13.59 1019 14.15 1045 14.71 1071 15.27 1096 15.84 1121 16.41 1146 16.98  
1002 14.99 1028 15.56 1054 16.14 1079 16.71 1103 17.30 1127 17.88 1151 18.47 1175 19.06  
1041 17.15 1066 17.74 1090 18.34 1114 18.93 1138 19.53 1161 20.13 1184 20.74  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1082 19.52 1105 20.14 1128 20.75 1151 21.37 1174 21.99 1196 22.61  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1124 22.14 1146 22.77 1168 23.40 1190 24.03  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1166 24.98 1188 25.63  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
LEGEND  
Bhp — Brake Horsepower  
NOTES:  
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)  
3.4 3.6 3.8  
AIRFLOW  
(Cfm)  
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb,  
cabinet losses, and clean 2-in. filters.  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:  
9,000  
10,000  
11,000  
12,000  
13,000  
14,000  
15,000  
16,000  
17,000  
18,000  
19,000  
20,000  
1086  
1102  
1122  
1144  
1170  
1198  
—
11.10  
12.44  
13.96  
15.66  
17.56  
19.66  
—
1114  
1129  
1147  
1169  
1194  
—
11.61  
12.97  
14.51  
16.23  
18.14  
—
1141  
1155  
1173  
1194  
—
12.14  
13.51  
15.06  
16.80  
—
Bhp x 746  
Watts =  
Motor Efficiency  
3. Variable Air Volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton. Per-  
formance at 70 cfm/ton is limited to unloaded operation and  
may be additionally limited by edb (entering dry bulb) and ewb  
(entering wet bulb) conditions.  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
75  
Table 30 — Fan Performance, 48EJ,EK054-068 — Vertical Discharge Units  
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)  
AIRFLOW  
(Cfm)  
0.2  
0.4  
0.6  
0.8  
1.0  
1.2  
1.4  
1.6  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
10,000  
12,000  
15,000  
16,000  
17,000  
18,000  
19,000  
20,000  
21,000  
22,000  
23,000  
24,000  
25,000  
26,000  
27,000  
420  
473  
556  
584  
612  
640  
669  
698  
726  
756  
785  
814  
843  
873  
903  
2.89  
4.27  
7.05  
8.18  
9.42  
10.78  
12.26  
13.86  
15.58  
17.44  
19.43  
21.56  
23.83  
26.25  
28.82  
486  
537  
616  
643  
670  
697  
724  
752  
780  
808  
836  
864  
892  
921  
950  
3.60  
5.10  
8.06  
9.25  
539  
589  
666  
692  
718  
745  
771  
798  
825  
853  
880  
907  
935  
963  
991  
4.27  
5.87  
8.99  
584  
633  
709  
4.93  
6.62  
9.89  
624  
673  
5.59  
7.36  
660  
709  
6.25  
8.10  
694  
742  
6.91  
8.83  
725  
773  
7.57  
9.56  
748 10.76  
773 12.11  
799 13.56  
824 15.13  
850 16.83  
876 18.64  
902 20.58  
929 22.65  
955 24.86  
783 11.62  
808 13.01  
833 14.51  
859 16.12  
884 17.86  
910 19.72  
936 21.71  
962 23.82  
816 12.47  
841 13.90  
866 15.44  
891 17.10  
916 18.87  
942 20.78  
968 22.81  
846 13.31  
871 14.78  
896 16.36  
921 18.06  
946 19.88  
972 21.82  
997 23.89  
10.24  
11.60  
13.08  
14.67  
16.38  
18.22  
20.19  
22.30  
24.54  
26.92  
735 11.19  
760 12.60  
786 14.12  
813 15.77  
839 17.53  
866 19.42  
892 21.45  
919 23.60  
946 25.90  
10.56  
11.98  
13.51  
15.17  
16.96  
18.87  
20.92  
23.11  
25.44  
27.91  
30.53  
993 24.97 1023 26.10  
988 26.08 1019 27.27 1049 28.44  
982 27.20 1015 28.47 1045 29.70 1074 30.91  
973 28.33 1008 29.68 1041 31.00 1072 32.28 1100 33.53  
29.45 1001 30.91 1035 32.31 1068 33.67 1098 35.00 1127 36.29  
32.12 1028 33.63 1062 35.09 1094 36.49 1124 37.86 1153 39.21  
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)  
2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8  
AIRFLOW  
(Cfm)  
1.8  
2.0  
3.0  
3.2  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
10,000  
12,000  
15,000  
16,000  
17,000  
18,000  
19,000  
20,000  
21,000  
22,000  
23,000  
24,000  
25,000  
26,000  
27,000  
755  
8.24  
783  
8.92  
809  
9.60  
835 10.29  
882 12.52  
954 16.67  
859 10.98  
906 13.27  
883 11.68  
930 14.03  
905 12.39  
953 14.79  
927 13.10  
974 15.55  
802 10.30  
875 14.15  
900 15.65  
925 17.27  
950 19.01  
830 11.04  
903 14.99  
927 16.53  
952 18.18  
857 11.78  
929 15.83  
954 17.40  
978 17.51 1002 18.35 1024 19.19 1046 20.04  
979 18.27 1003 19.14 1026 20.01 1048 20.89 1070 21.76  
978 19.09 1003 19.99 1027 20.90 1050 21.80 1072 22.70 1094 23.61  
977 19.95 1003 20.90 1028 21.84 1051 22.77 1075 23.71 1097 24.64 1118 25.58  
975 20.87 1002 21.85 1028 22.83 1052 23.80 1076 24.77 1099 25.74 1121 26.71 1143 27.67  
1000 22.85 1027 23.87 1052 24.89 1077 25.90 1101 26.90 1124 27.90 1146 28.90 1167 29.90  
1025 24.96 1052 26.02 1077 27.07 1102 28.12 1126 29.16 1148 30.19 1170 31.23 1192 32.26  
1051 27.21 1077 28.31 1103 29.40 1127 30.48 1151 31.55 1173 32.62 1195 33.69  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1076 29.59 1103 30.73 1128 31.85 1152 32.97 1176 34.08 1198 35.19  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1102 32.11 1128 33.28 1153 34.45 1178 35.61 1201 36.75  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1128 34.77 1154 35.99 1179 37.19  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1154 37.57 1180 38.83  
1180 40.53  
—
—
—
—
—
—
LEGEND  
Bhp — Brake Horsepower  
NOTES:  
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)  
3.4 3.6 3.8  
AIRFLOW  
(Cfm)  
1. Fan performance is based on dry coils, economizer, roof curb,  
cabinet losses, and clean 2-in. filters.  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:  
10,000  
12,000  
15,000  
16,000  
17,000  
18,000  
19,000  
20,000  
21,000  
22,000  
23,000  
24,000  
25,000  
26,000  
27,000  
949  
996  
1067  
1091  
1115  
1139  
1164  
1188  
—
13.81  
16.31  
20.88  
22.64  
24.51  
26.51  
28.64  
30.90  
—
970  
1016  
1088  
1112  
1136  
1160  
1184  
—
14.54  
17.09  
21.73  
23.52  
25.42  
27.45  
29.60  
—
990  
1037  
1108  
1131  
1156  
1180  
—
15.26  
17.86  
22.59  
24.40  
26.33  
28.39  
—
Bhp x 746  
Watts =  
Motor Efficiency  
3. Variable Air Volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton in the  
cooling mode. Performance at 70 cfm/ton is limited to unloaded  
operation and may be additionally limited by edb (entering dry  
bulb) and ewb (entering wet bulb) conditions.  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
76  
Table 31 — Fan Performance, 48EW,EY054-068 — Horizontal Discharge Units  
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)  
AIRFLOW  
(Cfm)  
0.2  
0.4  
0.6  
0.8  
1.0  
1.2  
1.4  
1.6  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
10,000  
12,000  
15,000  
16,000  
17,000  
18,000  
19,000  
20,000  
21,000  
22,000  
23,000  
24,000  
25,000  
26,000  
27,000  
447  
509  
606  
639  
672  
705  
738  
772  
806  
840  
874  
908  
942  
976  
1011  
2.9  
4.4  
508  
567  
659  
690  
721  
753  
785  
817  
850  
883  
915  
948  
982  
1015  
1048  
3.6  
5.1  
558  
615  
704  
734  
765  
795  
826  
858  
889  
921  
953  
985  
1018  
1050  
1083  
4.2  
5.8  
601  
657  
4.8  
6.5  
640  
695  
5.4  
7.2  
675  
729  
6.0  
7.9  
707  
761  
6.6  
8.6  
738  
791  
7.3  
9.3  
7.3  
8.2  
9.0  
744  
9.9  
780  
10.7  
12.0  
13.5  
15.1  
16.9  
18.8  
20.8  
22.9  
25.2  
27.6  
30.2  
33.0  
35.9  
813  
11.5  
12.9  
14.4  
16.1  
17.8  
19.7  
21.8  
24.0  
26.3  
28.8  
31.4  
34.2  
37.1  
844  
12.2  
13.7  
15.3  
17.0  
18.8  
20.7  
22.8  
25.0  
27.4  
29.9  
32.6  
35.4  
38.4  
874  
13.0  
14.5  
16.1  
17.8  
19.7  
21.7  
23.8  
26.1  
28.5  
31.0  
33.7  
36.6  
—
8.5  
9.8  
9.4  
10.3  
11.7  
13.3  
14.9  
16.7  
18.6  
20.7  
22.9  
25.3  
27.8  
30.4  
33.2  
773  
11.2  
12.6  
14.2  
15.9  
17.7  
19.7  
21.8  
24.1  
26.5  
29.0  
31.7  
34.6  
809  
842  
873  
902  
10.8  
12.3  
13.9  
15.6  
17.5  
19.5  
21.7  
24.0  
26.5  
29.1  
31.9  
803  
838  
871  
901  
930  
11.2  
12.8  
14.5  
16.3  
18.3  
20.4  
22.7  
25.1  
27.7  
30.4  
833  
868  
900  
930  
959  
864  
898  
929  
959  
987  
894  
928  
959  
989  
1016  
1046  
1075  
1105  
1135  
1165  
1195  
—
925  
958  
989  
1018  
1048  
1078  
1108  
1138  
1169  
1200  
956  
989  
1019  
1049  
1080  
1111  
1142  
1173  
987  
1019  
1050  
1082  
1113  
1145  
1019  
1051  
1083  
1115  
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)  
2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8  
AIRFLOW  
(Cfm)  
1.8  
2.0  
3.0  
3.2  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
10,000  
12,000  
15,000  
16,000  
17,000  
18,000  
19,000  
20,000  
21,000  
22,000  
23,000  
24,000  
25,000  
26,000  
27,000  
766  
820  
7.9  
9.9  
794  
8.50  
820  
9.13  
844  
9.76  
868 10.40  
921 12.68  
891 11.04  
943 13.37  
914 11.69  
965 14.07  
935 12.34  
987 14.77  
847 10.62  
928 14.59  
955 16.14  
872 11.30  
953 15.36  
897 11.99  
901  
13.8  
15.3  
17.0  
18.7  
20.6  
22.6  
24.8  
27.1  
29.5  
32.1  
34.9  
—
977 16.14 1001 16.92 1023 17.69 1045 18.47 1066 19.26  
929  
981 16.95 1005 17.75 1028 18.56 1050 19.37 1072 20.18 1093 20.98  
957  
983 17.81 1008 18.65 1032 19.49 1055 20.33 1077 21.16 1099 22.00 1120 22.84  
1011 19.60 1036 20.48 1060 21.35 1083 22.22 1105 23.08 1126 23.95 1147 24.82  
1040 21.53 1064 22.43 1088 23.34 1110 24.24 1132 25.14 1154 26.03 1174 26.93  
986  
1014  
1043  
1072  
1101  
1130  
1160  
1190  
—
1068 23.58 1092 24.52 1116 25.46 1138 26.39 1160 27.32 1181 28.25  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1097 25.78 1121 26.75 1144 27.72 1167 28.68 1188 29.64  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1126 28.11 1150 29.12 1173 30.12 1195 31.11  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1155 30.58 1179 31.62  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1184 33.20  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
LEGEND  
Bhp — Brake Horsepower  
NOTES:  
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)  
3.4 3.6 3.8  
AIRFLOW  
(Cfm)  
1. Fan performance is based on dry coils, economizer, roof curb,  
cabinet losses, and clean 2-in. filters.  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
Rpm  
Bhp  
2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:  
10,000  
12,000  
15,000  
16,000  
17,000  
18,000  
19,000  
20,000  
21,000  
22,000  
23,000  
24,000  
25,000  
26,000  
27,000  
956  
1008  
1087  
1113  
1140  
1167  
1195  
—
12.99  
15.48  
20.04  
21.80  
23.68  
25.68  
27.82  
—
976  
1028  
1106  
1133  
1160  
1187  
—
13.66  
16.19  
20.82  
22.61  
24.52  
26.55  
—
996  
1047  
1126  
1152  
1179  
—
14.32  
16.90  
21.61  
23.42  
25.36  
—
Bhp x 746  
Watts =  
Motor Efficiency  
3. Variable Air Volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton in the  
cooling mode. Performance at 70 cfm/ton is limited to unloaded  
operation and may be additionally limited by edb (entering dry  
bulb) and ewb (entering wet bulb) conditions.  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
77  
Table 32A — Fan Performance — Power Exhaust, 48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-050 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-048  
LOW SPEED  
230, 460, 575 v  
ESP Bhp Watts ESP Bhp Watts ESP Bhp Watts ESP Bhp Watts ESP Bhp Watts ESP Bhp Watts  
MEDIUM SPEED  
208 v 230, 460, 575 v  
HIGH SPEED  
208 v 230, 460, 575 v  
AIRFLOW  
(Cfm)  
208 v  
6,500  
6,700  
6,900  
7,100  
7,300  
7,500  
7,700  
7,900  
8,100  
8,500  
8,900  
9,300  
9,700  
10,100  
10,500  
10,900  
11,300  
11,700  
0.32 2.82 3160 0.70 2.98 3340  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
0.23 2.87 3220 0.63 3.03 3400 0.60 3.01 3380 0.82 3.23 3620  
0.17 2.92 3270 0.59 3.09 3460 0.55 3.07 3440 0.78 3.28 3680  
0.13 2.93 3290 0.56 3.11 3490 0.49 3.12 3500 0.73 3.34 3740  
0.09 2.97 3330 0.53 3.15 3530 0.43 3.18 3560 0.68 3.39 3800  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
0.51 3.19 3580 0.39 3.24 3630 0.64 3.44 3860  
0.48 3.23 3620 0.33 3.27 3670 0.59 3.48 3900 0.60 3.69 4140 0.73 3.98 4460  
0.45 3.27 3670 0.27 3.32 3720 0.54 3.52 3950 0.56 3.74 4190 0.69 4.02 4510  
0.40 3.33 3730 0.22 3.36 3770 0.49 3.57 4000 0.51 3.78 4240 0.65 4.07 4560  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
0.17 3.47 3890 0.40 3.67 4120 0.41 3.83 4290 0.56 4.12 4620  
0.00 3.58 4010 0.30 3.77 4230 0.31 3.93 4410 0.47 4.23 4740  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
0.22 3.87 4340 0.20 4.07 4560 0.37 4.37 4900  
0.16 3.95 4430 0.11 4.17 4670 0.30 4.47 5010  
0.12 4.03 4520 0.04 4.25 4770 0.23 4.56 5110  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
0.17 4.66 5220  
0.12 4.75 5330  
0.07 4.80 5380  
0.04 4.83 5420  
LEGEND  
Bhp — Brake Horsepower  
ESP — External Static Pressure (in. wg)  
Watts — Input Watts to Motor  
Table 32B — Fan Performance — Power Exhaust, 48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY054-068  
LOW SPEED  
230, 460, 575 v  
ESP Bhp Watts ESP Bhp Watts ESP Bhp Watts ESP Bhp Watts ESP Bhp Watts ESP Bhp Watts  
MEDIUM SPEED  
208 v 230, 460, 575 v  
HIGH SPEED  
208 v 230, 460, 575 v  
AIRFLOW  
(Cfm)  
208 v  
9,750  
10,050  
10,350  
10,650  
10,950  
11,250  
11,550  
11,850  
12,150  
12,750  
13,350  
13,950  
14,550  
15,150  
15,750  
16,350  
16,950  
17,550  
0.32 4.23 4740 0.70 4.47 5010  
—
—
— —  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
0.23 4.31 4830 0.63 4.55 5100 0.60 4.52 5070 0.82 4.84 5430  
0.17 4.37 4905 0.59 4.63 5190 0.55 4.60 5160 0.78 4.92 5520  
0.13 4.40 4935 0.56 4.67 5235 0.49 4.68 5250 0.73 5.00 5610  
0.09 4.46 4995 0.53 4.72 5295 0.43 4.76 5340 0.68 5.08 5700  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
0.51 4.79 5370 0.39 4.86 5445 0.64 5.16 5790  
0.48 4.84 5430 0.33 4.91 5505 0.59 5.22 5850 0.60 5.54 6210 0.73 5.97 6690  
0.45 4.91 5505 0.27 4.98 5580 0.54 5.28 5925 0.56 5.61 6285 0.69 6.03 6765  
0.40 4.99 5595 0.22 5.04 5655 0.49 5.35 6000 0.51 5.67 6360 0.65 6.10 6840  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
0.17 5.20 5835 0.40 5.51 6180 0.41 5.74 6435 0.56 6.18 6930  
0.00 5.36 6015 0.30 5.66 6345 0.31 5.90 6615 0.47 6.34 7110  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
0.22 5.81 6510 0.20 6.10 6840 0.37 6.56 7350  
0.16 5.93 6645 0.11 6.25 7005 0.30 6.70 7515  
0.12 6.05 6780 0.04 6.38 7155 0.23 6.84 7665  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
0.17 6.98 7830  
0.12 7.13 7995  
0.07 7.20 8070  
0.04 7.25 8130  
LEGEND  
Bhp — Brake Horsepower  
ESP — External Static Pressure (in. wg)  
Watts — Input Watts to Motor  
78  
Table 33 — Motor Limitations  
STANDARD EFFICIENCY MOTORS  
Maximum Amps  
Maximum  
Watts  
Maximum  
Efficiency  
Nominal Bhp  
Maximum Bhp  
230 v  
14.6  
22.0  
—
28.0  
—
43.8  
—
62.0  
—
460 v  
7.9  
—
12.0  
—
14.6  
—
21.9  
—
28.7  
—
37.4  
—
48.0  
55.0  
575 v  
6.0  
—
10.0  
—
12.0  
—
19.0  
—
23.0  
—
31.0  
—
47.0  
48.8  
5
5.9  
8.7  
9.5  
5,030  
7,717  
8,008  
8,502  
9,836  
12,543  
14,756  
18,363  
19,183  
23,511  
23,918  
28,742  
28,015  
33,690  
87.5  
84.1  
88.5  
89.5  
89.5  
91.0  
91.0  
91.0  
91.0  
91.7  
91.7  
92.4  
92.4  
93.0  
7.5  
10.2  
11.8  
15.3  
18.0  
22.4  
23.4  
28.9  
29.4  
35.6  
34.7  
42.0  
10  
15  
20  
25  
72.0  
—
95.0  
—
30  
40  
110.0  
HIGH EFFICIENCY MOTORS  
Maximum Amps  
Maximum  
Watts  
Maximum  
Efficiency  
Nominal Bhp  
Maximum Bhp  
230 v  
15.8  
22.0  
—
28.0  
—
460 v  
7.9  
—
12.0  
—
5
5.9  
8.7  
9.5  
4,918  
7,078  
7,728  
8,298  
9,600  
12,273  
14,439  
17,853  
18,650  
23,034  
23,432  
28,374  
27,656  
33,156  
89.5  
91.7  
91.7  
91.7  
91.7  
93.0  
93.0  
93.6  
93.6  
93.6  
93.6  
93.6  
93.6  
94.5  
7.5  
10.2  
11.8  
15.3  
18.0  
22.4  
23.4  
28.9  
29.4  
35.6  
34.7  
42.0  
10  
15  
20  
25  
15.0  
—
43.8  
21.9  
—
28.7  
—
36.3  
—
41.7  
55.0  
58.2  
—
73.0  
—
82.6  
—
110.0  
30  
40  
LEGEND  
Bhp — Brake Horsepower  
NOTES:  
1. Extensive motor and electrical testing on the Carrier units has  
ensured that the full horsepower range of the motor can be  
utilized with confidence. Using your fan motors up to the  
horsepower ratings shown in the Motor Limitations table will not  
result in nuisance tripping or premature motor failure. Unit war-  
ranty will not be affected.  
2. All motors comply with Energy Policy Act (EPACT) Standards  
effective October 24, 1997.  
Table 34 — Air Quality Limits  
UNIT  
48AJ,AK,AW,A  
Y
MINIMUM HEATING MINIMUM HEATING  
MINIMUM COOLING  
MINIMUM COOLING  
AIRFLOW  
UNIT  
48EJ,EK,EW,EY  
MAXIMUM  
AIRFLOW  
AIRFLOW  
AIRFLOW  
AIRFLOW (VAV)  
(Low Heat)  
(High Heat)  
AT FULL LOAD OPERATION  
(CV  
020  
025  
027  
030  
035  
040  
—
050  
—
—
024  
028  
030  
034  
038  
044  
048  
—
054  
058  
064  
068  
5,900  
5,900  
5,900  
5,900  
7,600  
7,600  
7,600  
7,600  
11,000  
11,000  
11,000  
11,000  
6,100  
6,100  
6,100  
4,000  
5,000  
5,400  
6,000  
7,000  
6,000  
7,500  
8,100  
10,000  
12,500  
13,500  
15,000  
17,500  
20,000  
22,500  
22,500  
25,000  
27,000  
27,000  
27,000  
6,100  
9,000  
10,100  
10,100  
10,100  
10,100  
14,700  
14,700  
14,700  
14,700  
10,500  
12,000  
13,500  
15,000  
15,000  
16,500  
18,000  
19,500  
8,000  
9,000  
10,000  
10,000  
11,000  
12,000  
13,000  
060  
—
LEGEND  
NOTE: Variable Air Volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton in  
Cooling mode. Performance at 70 cfm/ton is limited to unloaded  
operation and may be additionally limited to edb and ewb conditions.  
CV — Constant Volume  
edb — Entering Dry Bulb  
ewb — Entering Wet Bulb  
VAV — Variable Air Volume  
79  
Start is active, the unit will be controlled as in the Occupied  
mode. User-defined set points are shown in Table 35.  
Table 36 lists the software link points addressable by  
DataPort™ and DataLINK™, Carrier devices that allow ac-  
cess to unit control by non-Carrier energy management sys-  
tems (EMS).  
Return-Air Filters — Check that correct filters are in-  
stalled in filter tracks (see Tables 1A and 1B). Do not operate  
unit without return-air filters.  
Filter Replacement — To replace filters, open filter ac-  
cess door (marked with label). Remove inner access panel. Re-  
move plastic filter retainer in between filter tracks by sliding  
and pulling outward. Remove first filter by sliding it out of the  
opening in filter track. Locate filter removal tool, which is  
shipped next to the return air dampers. Use the filter removal  
tool to remove the rest of the filters.  
The occupied or unoccupied comfort set points must be se-  
lected and the space temperature offset input will be used, if  
present. The Occupied Heat set point default value is 68 F. The  
Occupied Cool set point default value is 78 F. The Unoccupied  
Heat set point default value is 55 F. The Unoccupied Cool set  
point value is 90 F. The control board will set appropriate oper-  
ating mode and fan control. The control board will turn on in-  
door fan, if in Occupied mode, or determine if unit is in Unoc-  
cupied mode and the space temperature is outside of the unoc-  
cupied comfort set points, (Unoccupied Heat or Unoccupied  
Cool).  
The control board will then monitor space temperature  
against comfort set points and control heating or cooling stages  
as required. If system is in the Occupied mode, the economizer  
will operate as required. If the system is in Unoccupied mode,  
the system will perform nighttime free cool and IAQ (indoor  
air quality) pre-occupancy purge as required (when functions  
are enabled via software). Whenever the DX (direct expansion)  
cooling is requested, the outdoor fan will operate.  
The control board will operate economizer, run diagnostics  
to monitor alarms/alerts at all times, and respond to CCN com-  
munications to perform any configured network POC (product  
outboard control) functions such as time and outdoor-air tem-  
perature broadcast and Global occupancy broadcast. When the  
optional expansion I/O board is employed, it will: perform pe-  
riodic scan and maintain database of expanded I/O points, per-  
form Fire/Smoke control (power exhaust required); and if in  
Occupied mode perform IAQ control and monitor fan, filter,  
demand limit, and field-applied status (with accessories).  
Outdoor-Air Inlet Screens — Outdoor-air inlet screens  
must be in place before operating unit.  
Economizer Adjustment — Remove filter access  
panel. Check that outdoor-air damper is closed and return-air  
damper is open.  
Economizer operation and adjustment are described in  
Sequence of Operation section on this page; and Step 10 —  
Make Outdoor Air Inlet Adjustments section on page 48.  
Gas Heat — Verify gas pressures before turning on heat as  
follows:  
1. Turn off field-supplied manual gas stop, located external  
to unit.  
2. Connect pressure gage to supply gas tap, located on field-  
supplied manual shutoff valve (see Fig. 23 on page 29).  
3. Connect pressure gage to manifold pressure tap on unit  
gas valve.  
4. Supply gas pressure must not exceed 13.5 in. wg. Check  
pressure at field-supplied shut-off valve.  
5. Turn on manual gas stop and initiate a heating demand.  
Jumper R to W1 in the control box to initiate heat. On  
VAV units, the RAT (return-air temperature) must be less  
than or equal to 68 F for heating to be energized.  
If thermostats are used to energize the G input, the control  
will turn on indoor fan without delay and open economizer  
dampers to minimum position. If thermostats are used to deen-  
ergize the G input, the control board will turn off indoor fan  
without any delay and close economizer dampers.  
When cooling, G must be energized before cooling can op-  
erate. The control board determines if outdoor conditions are  
suitable for economizer cooling using the standard outdoor air  
thermistor. For economizer to function for free cooling, the en-  
thalpy must be low, the outdoor air must equal to or less than  
the High Outdoor Air Temperature Lockout (default is 65 F),  
the SAT (supply-air temperature) thermistor is NOT in alarm,  
and outdoor air reading is available. When these conditions are  
satisfied, the control board will use economizer as the first  
stage of cooling.  
When Y1 input is energized, the economizer will be modu-  
lated to maintain SAT at the defined set point. The default is  
55 F. When SAT is above the set point, the economizer will be  
100% open. When SAT is below the set point, the economizer  
will modulate between minimum and 100% open position.  
When Y2 is energized, the control module will turn on com-  
pressor no. 1 and continue to modulate economizer as de-  
scribed above. If the Y2 remains energized and the SAT read-  
ing remains above the set point for 15 minutes, compressor  
no. 2 will turn on. If Y2 is deenergized at any time, only the last  
stage of compression that was energized will be turned off. If  
outdoor conditions are not suitable for economizer cooling, the  
economizer will go to minimum position and cycle compressor  
no. 1 and 2 based on demand from Y1 and Y2 respectively.  
The compressors will be locked out when the SAT temperature  
is too low (less than 40 F for compressor no. 1 and less than  
45 F for compressor no. 2.) After a compressor is locked out, it  
can restart after normal time guard period.  
6. Use the field test procedure to verify heat operation.  
7. After the unit has run for several minutes, verify that in-  
coming pressure is 6.0 in. wg or greater, and that the man-  
ifold pressure is 3.5 in. wg. If manifold pressure must be  
adjusted refer to Gas Valve Adjustment section on  
page 93.  
Sequence of Operation  
NOTE: Unit is shipped with default values that can be changed  
through Service Tool, Building Supervisor, or Comfort-  
WORKS® software or using an accessory Remote Enhanced  
Display. See Table 35 for default values.  
COOLING, CONSTANT VOLUME (CV) UNITS — On  
power up, the control module will activate the initialization  
software of the control board. The initialization software then  
reads DIP switch no. 1 position to determine CV or VAV oper-  
ation. Next, DIP switch no. 2 is read to determine if the control  
is thermostat or sensor type operation. If switch 2 is open, then  
sensors are employed. If switch no. 2 is closed, thermostat is  
employed. Initialization sequence clears all alarms and alerts,  
remaps the input/output database for CV operation, sets maxi-  
mum heat stages to 2, and sets maximum cool stages to 3. The  
control module reads DIP switch no. 3 and determines if the  
unit will use expansion board operation.  
The first time power is sent to the control board after a  
power outage, power up takes 5 minutes plus a random 1 to  
63 seconds.  
The TSTAT function performs a thermostat based control  
by monitoring Y1, Y2, W1, W2, and G inputs. These functions  
control stages cool1, cool2, heat1, heat2, and indoor fan, re-  
spectively. If TSTAT function is NOT selected, the control de-  
termines the occupancy state on the Time Schedules or with re-  
mote occupied/unoccupied input. If Temperature Compensated  
80  
Table 35 — User Defined Set Points  
SET POINT  
NAME  
FORMAT  
DESCRIPTION  
LIMITS  
DEFAULT  
OHSP  
OCSP  
UHSP  
UCSP  
SASP  
OATL  
NTLO  
RTIO  
xx.xF  
xx.xF  
xx.xF  
xx.xF  
xx.xF  
xx.xF  
xx.xF  
xx.x  
Occupied Heat Set Point  
Occupied Cool Set Point  
Unoccupied Heat Set Point  
Unoccupied Cool Set Point  
Supply Air Set Point  
Hi OAT Lockout Temperature  
Unoccupied OAT Lockout Temperature  
Reset Ratio  
55 to 80 F  
55 to 80 F  
35 to 80 F  
75 to 110 F  
45 to 70 F  
55 to 75 F  
40 to 70 F  
0 to 10  
68 F  
78 F  
55 F  
90 F  
55 F  
65 F  
50 F  
3
LIMT  
MDP  
xx.xF  
xxx%  
Reset Limit  
Minimum Damper Position  
0 to 20° F  
0 to 100%  
10° F  
20%  
Low Temperature Minimum  
Damper Position Override  
LOWMDP  
xxx%  
0 to 100%  
100%  
IAQS  
xxxx  
xx.xF  
xx.xF  
xxx%  
xxx%  
xxx%  
xxx%  
IAQ Set Point  
1 to 5000 PPM  
0 to 10° F  
0 to 10° F  
0 to 100%  
0 to 100%  
0 to 100%  
0 to 100%  
650 PPM  
1° F  
1° F  
10%  
35%  
UHDB  
UCDB  
LTMP  
HTMP  
PES1  
PES2  
Unoccupied Heating Deadband  
Unoccupied Cooling Deadband  
Low Temp. Min. Position  
High Temp. Min. Position  
CV Power Exhaust Stage 1 Point  
CV Power Exhaust Stage 2 Point  
25%  
75%  
LEGEND  
CV  
IAQ  
OAT  
—
—
—
Constant Volume  
Indoor Air Quality  
Outdoor-Air Temperature  
Table 36 — Software Control Link Points  
SET POINT  
DESCRIPTION  
SET POINT  
DESCRIPTION  
CV Data  
SPT  
SAT  
RAT  
Space Temperature  
Supply-Air Temperature  
Return-Air Temperature  
Outside-Air Temperature  
Control Set Point  
Cooling % Total Capacity  
Heating % Total Capacity  
Economizer Active  
Supply Fan Status  
HS2  
STO  
CVPE1  
CVPE2  
Heat Stage 2  
Space Temp. Offset  
CV Power Exhaust Stg 1  
CV Power Exhaust Stg 2  
OAT  
CLSP  
CCAP  
HCAP  
ECOS  
SFSTAT  
SF  
ECONPOS  
IQMP  
PEXE  
FLTS  
VAV Data  
HIR  
SPTRESET  
CMP1  
CMP1SAFE  
CMP2  
CMP2SAFE  
ULD1  
Heat Interlock Relay  
Space Temp. Reset  
Compressor 1  
Compressor 1 Safety  
Compressor 2  
Compressor 2 Safety  
Unloader 1  
Unloader 2  
Fan Relay  
Economizer Position  
Min. Damper Position  
Power Exhaust Enable  
Filter Status  
Field Applied Status  
Remote Occupied Mode  
ULD2  
OFC1  
OFC2  
Y1  
Y2  
W1  
Outdoor Fan 1  
Outdoor Fan 2  
FAS  
RMTOCC  
Y1 — Call for Cool 1  
Y2 — Call for Cool 2  
W1 — Call for Heat 1  
W2 — Call for Heat 2  
G — Call for Fan  
CONQUEST DEVICE CODE  
CONQUEST UNIT RESET  
CONQUEST BROADCAST ACK  
Mod. Power Exhaust Stg 1  
Mod. Power Exhaust Stg 2  
Mod. Power Exhaust Stg 3  
Mod. Power Exhaust Stg 4  
Mod. Power Exhaust Stg 5  
Mod. Power Exhaust Stg 6  
General Data  
HS1  
ENTH  
IAQI  
Heat Stage 1  
Enthalpy  
W2  
G
CDEVCODE  
CDEVURST  
CDEVBCAK  
PE1  
Indoor Air Quality  
Outdoor Air Quality  
SAT Reset  
Alarm Warning Light  
Demand Limit Switch  
Evacuation  
Pressurization  
Smoke Purge  
Fire Shutdown  
IAQO  
SATRES  
ALMLIGHT  
DL  
EVAC  
PRES  
PURG  
FSD  
PE2  
PE3  
PE4  
PE5  
PE6  
LEGEND  
CV  
VAV  
—
—
Constant Volume  
Variable Air Volume  
81  
The Time Guard® function maintains a minimum off  
time of 5 minutes, a minimum ON time of 10 seconds, and a  
minimum delay before starting the second compressor of  
10 seconds.  
If the compressors have been off for more than 15 minutes  
and the OAT (outdoor-air temperature) is less than 45 F, then  
the safeties will be ignored for 5 minutes. At all times, safeties  
will be used.  
The control will run continuous diagnostics for alarms/  
alerts; respond to CCN communications and perform any con-  
figured network POC (product outboard controls) functions  
such as time and outdoor-air temperature broadcast and global  
broadcast; and perform Fire/Smoke control if equipped with  
power exhaust.  
GAS HEATING, CONSTANT VOLUME (CV) UNITS —  
The gas heat units incorporate 2 (48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-050  
and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-048) or 3 (48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 and  
48EJ,EK,EW,EY054-068) separate systems to provide gas  
heat. Each system incorporates its own induced-draft motor, In-  
tegrated Gas Control (IGC) board, 2 stage gas valve, manifold,  
etc. The systems are operated in parallel; for example, when  
there is a call for first stage heat, all induced-draft motors oper-  
ate, all gas valves are energized, and both IGC boards initiate  
spark.  
Heating and cooling will be mutually locked out on demand  
on a first call basis. The heating and the cooling functions can-  
not be operating simultaneously.  
COOLING, VARIABLE AIR VOLUME (VAV) UNITS —  
On power up, the control module will activate the initialization  
software of the control board. The initialization software then  
reads DIP switch no. 1 position to determine CV or VAV oper-  
ation. Initialization clears all alarms and alerts, re-maps the in-  
put/output database for VAV operation, sets maximum heat  
stages to 1 and sets maximum cool stages to 6. The control  
module reads DIP switch no. 3 and determines if the unit will  
use expansion board operation. Power up takes a random time  
of 1 to 63 seconds plus 5 minutes the first time power is sent to  
the control board after a power outage.  
The control module will determine if an interface (linkage)  
is active and if the unit will operate in a Digital Air Volume  
(DAV) mode. In a DAV system, the room terminals are  
equipped with microprocessor controls that give commands to  
the base unit module. If an interface is active, the control will  
replace local comfort set points, space and return air tempera-  
tures and occupancy status with the linkage data supplied.  
All of the gas heating control is performed through the IGC  
boards (located in the heating section). The control module  
board serves only to initiate and terminate heating operation.  
The control module board is powered by 24 vac. When the  
thermostat or room sensor calls for heating, power is sent from  
the control module board to W on each of the IGC boards. An  
LED on the IGC board will be on during normal operation. A  
check is made to ensure that the rollout switches and limit  
switches are closed and the induced-draft motors are not run-  
ning. The induced-draft motors are then energized, and when  
speed is proven with the hall effect sensor on the motor, the  
ignition activation period begins. The burners will ignite within  
5 seconds.  
When ignition occurs the IGC board will continue to moni-  
tor the condition of the rollout and limit switches, the hall effect  
sensor, as well as the flame sensor. If the unit is controlled  
through a room thermostat set for fan auto., 45 seconds after  
ignition occurs, the indoor-fan motor will be energized and the  
outdoor-air dampers will open to their minimum position. If for  
some reason the overtemperature limit opens prior to the start  
of the indoor fan blower, on the next attempt, the 45-second de-  
lay will be shortened to 5 seconds less than the time from initi-  
ation of heat to when the limit tripped. Gas will not be inter-  
rupted to the burners and heating will continue. Once modified,  
the fan on delay will not change back to 45 seconds unless  
power is reset to the control. If the unit is controlled through a  
room sensor, the indoor fan will be operating in the Occupied  
mode and the outdoor-air dampers will be in the minimum  
position.  
If the unit is controlled with a room sensor in the Unoccu-  
pied mode, the indoor fan will be energized through the IGC  
board with a 45-second delay and the outside-air dampers will  
move to the IAQ position (generally set to zero in the Unoccu-  
pied mode). The IAQ feature is enabled through system soft-  
ware. If IAQ is not enabled, dampers will move to the mini-  
mum position.  
When additional heat is required, W2 closes and initiates  
power to the second stage of the main gas valves. When the  
thermostat is satisfied, W1 and W2 open and the gas valves  
close interrupting the flow of gas to the main burners. If the call  
for W1 lasted less than 1 minute, the heating cycle will not ter-  
minate until 1 minute after W1 became active. If the unit is  
controlled through a room thermostat set for fan auto., the  
indoor-fan motor will continue to operate for an additional  
45 seconds then stop and the outdoor-air dampers will close. If  
the overtemperature limit opens after the indoor motor is  
stopped within 10 minutes of W1 becoming inactive, on the  
next cycle the time will be extended by 15 seconds. The maxi-  
mum delay is 3 minutes. Once modified, the fan off delay will  
not change back to 45 seconds unless power is reset to the con-  
trol. If the unit is controlled through a room sensor, the indoor  
fan will be operating in the Occupied mode and turned off after  
45 seconds in the Unoccupied mode.  
The control module will determine occupancy status from  
Time Schedules (if programmed), Remote Occupied/Unoccu-  
pied input, global occupancy, or DAV. If Temperature Com-  
pensated Start is active, the unit will be controlled as in the  
Occupied mode.  
NOTE: The temperature compensated start is a period of time  
calculated to bring the unit on while in Unoccupied mode to  
reach the occupied set point when occupancy occurs.  
The control module will set the appropriate operating mode  
and fan control. The control module will turn VFD on if Occu-  
pied mode is evident.  
For units equipped with a start/stop switch only (no space  
temperature sensor), if in Unoccupied mode and valid return-  
air temperature reading is available (either from a sensor or  
DAV), the control will monitor return-air temperature against  
Unoccupied Heat and Cool set points.  
For units with a start/stop switch and a space temperature  
sensor, the control module will start the VFD whenever SPT is  
outside of the set points (Unoccupied Heat or Unoccupied  
Cool). The VFD may also be started by nighttime thermostat  
via remote Occupied/Unoccupied input or by a Temperature  
Compensated Start algorithm. When VFD is running in a nor-  
mal mode, the control will start heating or cooling as required  
to maintain supply-air temperature at the supply air set point  
(SASP) plus the reset (when enabled). The reset value is deter-  
mined by SAT (supply-air temperature) reset and/or space tem-  
perature reset algorithms. The space temperature reset is only  
available when enabled through software.  
When cooling, the control will energize the power exhaust  
enable output to the external power exhaust controller, when  
power exhaust is used.  
If in Occupied mode, the control module will perform econ-  
omizer control (economizer control same as described above  
for CV units). If in Unoccupied mode, the control module will  
perform nighttime free cool and IAQ pre-occupancy purge as  
required (when enabled through software). When DX (direct  
expansion) cooling is called, the outdoor fans will always  
operate.  
82  
GAS HEATING, VARIABLE AIR VOLUME (VAV)  
UNITS — All of the gas heating control is performed through  
the integrated gas control (IGC) board. The control module  
board serves only to initiate and terminate heating operation.  
NOTE: The unit is factory-configured for disabled occupied  
heating. DIP switch 5 is used to enable occupied heating (DIP  
switch 5 set to OPEN).  
If the call for heat lasted less than 1 minute, the heating cy-  
cle will not terminate until 1 minute after heat became active.  
When heating is satisfied, the power will be interrupted to the  
IGC board and W1 and W2 of the main gas valve. If the unit is  
controlled through a room sensor, the indoor fan will be operat-  
ing in the Occupied mode and turned off after 45 seconds in the  
Unoccupied mode.  
STAGED GAS UNIT HEATING — The Staged Gas Control  
option offered on 48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-068 and 48AJ,AK,AW,  
AY020-060 units adds the capability to control the rooftop  
unit’s gas heating system to a specified Supply Air Tempera-  
ture Set Point for purposes of tempering a cool mixed-air con-  
dition. The gas heating system employs multiple heating sec-  
tions. Each section is equipped with a two-stage gas valve. The  
gas valves are sequenced by a factory-installed staged gas con-  
troller (SGC) as required to maintain the user-specified Supply  
Air Set Point. Up to eleven stages of heating control are avail-  
able, based on quantity and heating capacity sizes of the indi-  
vidual heat exchanger sections provided in the base unit. In  
addition to providing system control for tempering heat opera-  
tion, the new SGC also controls Demand Heat sequences  
for both First-Stage (W1) and Second-Stage (W2 or full-fire)  
operation.  
Tempering of supply air is desirable when rooftop units are  
operating in ventilation mode (economizer only operation) at  
low outdoor temperatures. At low outdoor temperatures, the  
mixed air temperature (combination of return-from-space tem-  
perature and outdoor/ventilation air temperature) may become  
too low for the comfort of the occupants or for the terminal  
reheat systems. The tempering function adds incremental steps  
of heat capacity to raise the temperature of the mixed air up to  
levels suitable for direct admission into the occupied space or  
to levels consistent with reheat capabilities of the space termi-  
nals. Refer to Table 37 for the staged gas heating control sys-  
tem components. Refer to Table 38 for the heating system con-  
troller (SGC) inputs. The heating system controller (SGC) out-  
puts consist of six relays (K1 through K6) which control the  
individual gas valves.  
Variable Air Volume (VAV) occupied heat is controlled by  
return-air temperature (RAT) using a 5k thermistor located just  
below the outdoor-air dampers. A VAV unit without a space  
temperature sensor is also controlled by RAT. A VAV unit with  
a space temperature sensor has Unoccupied Heat controlled by  
space temperature (SPT).  
The control module board is powered by 24 vac. When  
there is a call for heating (either Morning Warm-Up, Unoccu-  
pied, or Occupied modes), power is sent from the control mod-  
ule board to W on each of the IGC boards and W2 of the main  
gas valve. When heating, the control module board will ener-  
gize a field-supplied heat interlock relay output to drive the  
VAV terminal boxes wide open. The HIR is not required on a  
DAV system. See Fig. 59. In the Occupied mode the indoor-fan  
motor will be operating and the outdoor-air dampers will be in  
the minimum position. In the Unoccupied mode the indoor-fan  
motor will be off, but will energize 45 seconds after the call for  
heat and the outdoor-air dampers will move to the IAQ  
Unoccupied position (generally set to zero in the Unoccupied  
mode). The duct pressure sensor will signal to the variable fre-  
quency drive to operate at full speed since all terminals have  
been driven open. An LED on the IGC board will be on during  
normal operation. A check is made to ensure that the rollout  
switches and limit switches are closed and the induced-draft  
motors are not running. The induced-draft motors are then en-  
ergized and when speed is proven with the hall effect sensor on  
the motor, the ignition activation period begins. The burners  
will ignite within 5 seconds.  
When ignition occurs the IGC board will continue to moni-  
tor the condition of the rollout and limit switches, the hall effect  
sensor, and the flame sensor.  
TRAN2  
B
COM  
CB4  
3.2 AMPS  
SECONDARY  
24 VOLT  
BASE MODULE  
LEGEND  
CONTROL BOARD  
CB  
— Circuit Breaker  
COM — Common  
COM  
INDOOR FAN RELAY  
HIR — Heat Interlock Relay  
T
— Terminal  
TRAN — Transformer  
T
30  
HIR  
T29  
FIELD  
INSTALLED  
T
28  
(HN61KK040)  
(24V, 9.5VA)  
Fig. 59 — Heat Interlock Relay Wiring  
83  
Table 37 — Staged Gas System Components  
ITEM  
Heating Controller (SGC)  
Supply-Air Thermistors (SAT)  
FUNCTION  
Logic and Output Relays  
Sense unit leaving-air temperature  
LOCATION  
Heating section  
Supply duct (factory-provided,  
field-installed)  
Cooling Supply Air Set Point  
Potentiometer (CLSASP)  
Specify set point for  
tempering heat control  
Set Point Range: 35 to 70 F  
Heating section, next to SGC  
Heating Supply Air Set Point  
Potentiometer (HTSASP)  
Specify set point for First-Stage  
Heating control  
Set Point Range: 80 to 125 F  
Heating section, next to SGC  
Air Flow Switch (AFS)  
Prove Supply Fan operation  
Fan supply air plenum  
(factory-installed)  
Table 38 — Stage Gas System Inputs/Outputs  
INPUT  
Cool1  
Cool2  
DESCRIPTION  
Relay in parallel with Compressor #1 contactor  
Relay in parallel with Compressor #2 contactor  
24V input from Base Unit control  
Heat1  
Heat2  
24V input from Base Unit control  
Fan  
Air proving switch (contact closure on rise in static pressure)  
Potentiometer, (range 35-70 F)  
Cool Supply Set Point  
Heat Supply Set Point  
Potentiometer, (range 80-125 F)  
Supply Air Thermistor (1, 2 and 3)  
Field-installed in supply ductwork (P/N HH79NZ016)  
Operating Modes — The SGC will operate the unit in one of  
the following operating modes:  
• no mode  
• Cooling Mode  
• Heating1 Mode  
• Heating2 Mode  
which is attached to the heating and cooling supply air set point  
potentiometers in heating section. The Navigator Display ac-  
cessory is required for all units with staged gas control.  
The display module provides the user interface to the Staged  
Gas control system. See Fig. 60. The display has up and down  
arrow keys, an  
key, and an  
key. These  
ENTER  
ESCAPE  
keys are used to navigate through the different levels of the dis-  
play structure. See Table 39. Press the ESCAPE key until the  
display is blank to move through the top 11 mode levels indi-  
cated by LEDs on the bottom left side of the display.  
No Mode — In this mode, none of the heat stages are turned  
on. No mode occurs if the Cool, Heat or Fan inputs are off or  
the Cool input(s) are on.  
Tempering (Cool) Mode — In this mode, the SGC tempers in  
incoming supply air to maintain the cooling supply air set  
point. Tempering mode occurs if the Fan input is ON and all  
Cool and Heat inputs are off.  
When the SGC determines that the fan is on and the base  
unit control is not calling for heat or mechanical cooling, the  
SGC will stage heat to maintain the cooling set point which is  
set on the CLSASP potentiometer of the SGC. This set point  
should be slightly below the supply air set point of the base unit  
VAV control. Note that the supply-air temperature will still be  
in the “cooling range.”  
Heat1 Mode — Heat1 mode is used on VAV applications as  
they have one heat stage on the base unit control. CV units  
have two heat stages and will not operate under Heat1 mode.  
In this mode, heat is staged to control supply air temperature  
to HTSASP. Heat1 mode occurs only if Heat1 is ON and Heat2  
is OFF and Cool1 and Cool2 are OFF.  
When the base unit control calls for first stage of heat, the  
SGC will stage heat to maintain the heating set point set on the  
potentiometer of the SGC. The HIR will be energized to com-  
mand the zone terminals to open to maintain minimum heating  
airflow.  
Heat2 Mode — Heat2 mode is used on CV applications as  
they have 2 heat stages on the base unit control. VAV units  
have only 1 heat stage and will not operate under Heat2 mode.  
In this mode, when the base unit calls for the second stage  
of heat, the SGC will turn on all available heat stages. This  
mode only occurs if Heat1 and Heat2 are ON and Cool1 and  
Cool2 are OFF.  
Pressing the  
and  
keys simultaneously  
ENTER  
ESCAPE  
will scroll a text description across the display indicating the  
full meaning of each display acronym. Pressing the  
ESCAPE  
keys when the display is blank (Mode LED lev-  
and  
ENTER  
el) will return the display to its default menu of rotating display  
items. In addition, the password will be disabled requiring that  
it be entered again before changes can be made to password  
protected items.  
When a specific item is located, the display will flash show-  
ing the operator, the item, item value, and then the item units (if  
any). Press the  
key to stop the display at the item val-  
ENTER  
ue. Items in the Configuration and Service Test modes are  
password protected. The display will flash PASS and WORD  
when required. Use the  
digits of the password. The default password is 1111.  
and arrow keys to enter the 4  
ENTER  
Changing item values or testing outputs is accomplished in  
the same manner. Locate and display the desired item. Press  
the  
key to stop the display at the item value. Press the  
ENTER  
key again so that the item value flashes. Use the ar-  
ENTER  
row keys to change the value or state of an item and press the  
key to accept it. Press the  
key and the  
ESCAPE  
ENTER  
item, value, or units display will resume. Repeat the process as  
required for other items.  
The unit alarms can be cleared through Navigator display.  
To check the current alarms, enter the Alarms menu. The first  
submenu is the CRNT submenu. The CRNT function displays  
the list of current alarms (maximum of 25). The second sub-  
menu item is the RCRN (Reset All Current Alarms) function.  
Press  
to reset the current alarms. The next submenu  
ENTER  
item, HIST, displays the list of cleared alarms (maximum of  
20). The HIST function can be cleared with the RHIS function.  
Accessory Navigator Display — The Navigator Display is a  
field-installed accessory. See Fig. 60. Navigator Display is to  
be connected to LEN connections at communication board  
84  
NOTE: To utilize Morning Warm-Up mode, the unit occu-  
pancy schedule must be accessed via Service Tool, Building  
Supervisor, or ComfortWORKS® software or accessory  
Remote Enhanced Display. The PC can access the base control  
board via the 3-wire communication bus or via an RJ-11 con-  
nection to the CCN terminal on the base control board. See  
Fig. 27.  
For current software (version 3.0 or later), the Low Tem-  
perature Minimum Damper Position Override (LOWMDP)  
has a 0 to 100% limit, with a default of 100%. Think of the  
LOWMDP as a second minimum damper position. This  
LOWMDP limit change requires access to the unit software  
with a computer equipped with Building Supervisor, Ser-  
vice Tool, or ComfortWORKS Software.  
C
o m fo r  
t
T
L
N
A
i n k  
V
I
G
A
O
R
™
M
O D E  
Alarm Status  
R
un Status  
ervice  
S
T
est  
T
em  
perature  
s
Pre  
ssures  
Setpoints  
Inputs  
O
u
tputs  
Co  
nfigu  
ration  
T
im  
e
C
lock  
E
S
C
O
pera  
ting  
M
od  
es  
A
la  
rm  
s
ENTER  
When the LOWMDP is in effect the outdoor dampers will  
remain at the LOWMDP position (typically set to 0% closed)  
during heating, even in the Occupied period. For the LOW-  
MDP to be in effect the LOWMDP must be less than the mini-  
mum damper position (MDP) and the RAT (return-air tempera-  
ture) must be less than the OHSP (occupied heat set point)  
minus 2.5° F. Table 40 summarizes the operational require-  
ments and controlling factors for occupied heat and morning  
warm-up.  
MORNING WARM-UP (VAV Only with Stand-Alone  
Operation) — When the unit operates in stand-alone mode,  
morning warm-up occurs when the unit is energized in Occu-  
pied mode and return-air temperature (RAT) is below 68 F.  
Warm-up will not terminate until the RAT reaches 68 F. The  
heat interlock relay output is energized during morning warm-  
up. (A field-installed 24-vdc heat interlock relay is required.)  
The output will be energized until the morning warm-up cycle  
is complete. Refer to Fig. 59 for heat interlock relay wiring.  
Fig. 60 — Navigator Display  
MORNING WARM-UP (VAV only with PC Accessed/CCN  
Operation) — Morning warm-up occurs when the control has  
been programmed to turn on heat prior to the Occupied mode  
to be ready for occupancy mode. Morning warm-up is a condi-  
tion in VAV systems that occurs when the Temperature Com-  
pensated Start algorithm calculates a biased occupied start time  
and the unit has a demand for heating. The warm-up will con-  
tinue into the occupied period as long as there is a need for  
heat. During warm-up, the unit can continue heating into the  
occupied period, even if occupied heating is disabled. When  
the heating demand is satisfied, the warm-up condition will ter-  
minate. To increase or decrease the heating demand, use  
Service Tool software to change the Occupied Heating set  
point.  
Table 39 — Navigator Display Menu Structure  
RUN  
STATUS  
SERVICE  
TEST  
SET  
POINTS  
OPERATING  
MODES  
TEMPERATURES PRESSURES  
INPUTS OUTPUTS CONFIGURATION TIME CLOCK  
ALARMS  
Currently  
Active  
HEAT  
OUTPUT  
1
Display  
Configuration  
(DISP)  
Auto Display SERVICE  
SUPPLY AIR  
N/A  
SETPOINT  
SELECT  
COOL  
Time  
N/A  
N/A  
(VIEW)  
TEST  
TEMPERATURE  
INPUT#1  
(TIME)  
Alarms  
(CRNT)  
Reset all  
Current  
Alarms  
Software  
Version  
(VERS)  
COOLING  
SETPOINT  
1
HEAT  
OUTPUT  
2
CCN  
Configuration  
(CCN)  
HEAT  
SUPPLY AIR  
N/A  
COOL  
INPUT#2  
Date  
(DATE)  
OUTPUT#1 TEMPERATURE 1  
(RCRN)  
Occupancy  
and  
COOLING  
SETPOINT  
2
HEAT  
OUTPUT  
3
Stage Gas  
Configuration  
(CNFG)  
Alarm  
History  
(HIST)  
HEAT  
SUPPLY AIR  
HEAT  
INPUT#1  
Unoccupancy  
Schedule  
Number  
N/A  
OUTPUT#2 TEMPERATURE 2  
(SCHD)  
Reset  
Alarm  
History  
(RHIS)  
HEATING  
SETPOINT  
1
HEAT  
OUTPUT  
4
HEAT  
SUPPLY AIR  
HEAT  
INPUT#1  
OUTPUT#3 TEMPERATURE 3  
HEATING  
SETPOINT  
2
SUPPLY  
FAN  
STATUS  
HEAT  
OUTPUT  
5
HEAT  
OUTPUT#4  
HEAT  
OUTPUT  
6
HEAT  
OUTPUT#5  
HEAT  
OUTPUT#6  
85  
Table 40 — Occupied Heat and Morning Warm-Up  
Operation and Controlling Factors  
the temperature trends stop improving but the demand still ex-  
ceeds 2.0° F, then Stage 2 heating will be energized  
SPACE TEMPERATURE RESET SENSOR (VAV Only) —  
An accessory space temperature sensor (T-55 or T-56 without  
offset) is required. Space temperature reset is used to reset the  
supply-air temperature set point of a VAV system higher, as the  
space temperature falls below the Occupied Cool set point. As  
the space temperature falls below the Occupied Cool set point,  
the supply-air temperature will be reset upward as a function of  
the reset ratio. (Default is 3.) Reset ratio is expressed in degrees  
change in supply-air temperature per degree of space tempera-  
ture change. A reset limit will exist which will limit the maxi-  
mum number of degrees the supply-air temperature may be  
raised. (Default is 10 F.) Both the reset ratio and the reset limit  
are user definable. The sequence of operation is as follows:  
1. The on/off status of the unit supply fan is determined.  
2. If the fan is ‘‘on,’’ the sequence will check if the system is  
occupied.  
3. If the system is in Occupied mode, the sequence will de-  
termine if the reset option is enabled.  
4. If the reset option is enabled, the sequence will read the  
space temperature and compare it to the Occupied Cool  
set point. If the temperature is below the Occupied Cool  
set point, the algorithm will compute the reset value and  
compare this value against the reset limit. If it is greater  
than the reset limit, the sequence will use the reset limit as  
the reset value. See Fig. 61.  
NOTE: A computer equipped with Carrier network access  
software (ComfortWORKS®, Building Supervisor, or Service  
Tool) or an accessory Remote Enhanced Display is required to  
enable this function.  
OCCUPIED  
HEAT  
MORNING TEMPERATURE  
SOFTWARE  
VERSION  
WARM-UP  
MAY START  
DURING  
CONDITION  
FOR HEAT  
TO START  
ENABLED  
VIA  
Smart start or  
within  
3.0 and Later DIP switch no. 5  
RAT < OHSP  
10 minutes  
LEGEND  
OHSP — Occupied Heat Set Point  
RAT — Return-Air Temperature  
SPACE TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONTROL — If the unit  
is equipped with a field-supplied space sensor and a remote  
start/stop switch, constant volume (CV) cooling will operate as  
follows: Stage 1 cooling begins when there exists a 1.5° F  
demand and ends when the demand returns back to 0.5° F.  
Stage 2 cooling begins when there is a 2.0° F demand and will  
continue until the demand returns 1.0° F. Stage 2 cannot be en-  
ergized until a minimum of eight minutes of Stage 1 operation  
or as long as stage 1 is making a reduction in the space temper-  
ature trend. If the temperature trends stop improving but the  
demand still exceeds 2.0° F, then Stage 2 cooling will be  
energized.  
When economizer operation is suitable, the control will use  
economizer, as the first stage of cooling will bring on the com-  
pressor 1 when Stage 2 demand is called for. If supply-air tem-  
perature (SAT) remains above supply-air set point (SASP) for  
15 minutes after energizing compressor 1, then compressor 2  
shall be started. When Stage 2 is satisfied, the last stage of  
compression shall be dropped. When Stage 1 is satisfied, the  
control will drop all DX cooling.  
Space Temperature Reset Example — The occupied cooling  
set point is set to 73 F. The Reset Ratio is set to 5. The Reset  
Limit is set to 20 F. The Reset Ratio determines how many de-  
grees F the temperature is reset. At 72 F, the supply tempera-  
ture will be reset 5 degrees higher. At 71 F, the supply tempera-  
ture will be reset 10 degrees higher. At 70 F, the supply temper-  
ature will be reset 15 degrees higher. At 69 F, the supply  
temperature will be reset 20 degrees higher and the Reset Limit  
will have been reached.  
If the unit is equipped with a field-supplied space sensor and  
a remote start/stop switch, CV heating will operate as follows:  
Stage 1 heating begins when there exists 1.5° F demand and  
ends when the demand returns back to 0.5° F. Stage 2 heating  
begins when there is a 2.0° F demand and will continue until  
the demand returns to 1.0° F. Stage 2 cannot be energized until  
a minimum of eight minutes of Stage 1 operation or as long as  
Stage 1 is making an increase in the space temperature trend. If  
BASE MODULE  
CONTROL BOARD  
mA INPUT  
DEG. F RESET  
0.00  
4
5
6
7
1.25  
2.50  
3.75  
(+) T11  
4-20 mA  
INPUT  
(-) T12  
8
9
5.00  
6.25  
7.50  
8.75  
10.00  
11.25  
12.50  
13.75  
15.00  
16.25  
17.50  
18.75  
20.00  
FIELD  
SUPPLIED  
INPUT DEVICE  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
LEGEND  
T — Terminal  
NOTE: The 4 to 20 mA input is a field-supplied non-Carrier EMS  
(Energy Management System) device.  
Fig. 61 — Space Temperature Reset Wiring  
86  
SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE RESET — Supply air tem-  
perature reset is used to reset the supply-air temperature utility.  
A 4 to 20 mA signal (field-supplied) is required. The reset op-  
tion does not require enabling.  
POWER EXHAUST OPERATION — Power exhaust has  
two options (constant volume and modulating) that have the  
following sequence of operation:  
The constant volume power exhaust stage 1 (CVPE1) is en-  
abled when the indoor fan has been energized and the desired  
outdoor-air damper position for the economizer increases  
above the first constant volume (CV) power exhaust stage  
1 point (PES1). The PES1 factory default value is set at 25%.  
The constant volume power exhaust stage 2 (CVPE2) is en-  
abled when the desired outdoor-air damper position for the  
economizer increases above the second CV power exhaust  
stage 2 point (PES2). The PES2 factory default value is set at  
75%. Each stage is disabled when the desired damper position  
decreases below the respective set points.  
The modulating power exhaust is enabled when the indoor  
fan is energized and the building pressure has exceeded the in-  
dividual sequencer set points. The default set points are 0.04 in.  
wg (6.3 vdc) for stage 1, 0.10 in wg (6.8 vdc) for stage 2,  
0.16 in wg (7.3 vdc) for stage 3, and 0.23 in. wg (7.8 vdc) for  
stage 4, 0.29 in. wg (8.3 vdc) for stage 5, and 0.35 in. wg  
(8.8 vdc) for stage 6 power exhaust sequencer. Each stage also  
requires that the building pressure is reduced until it drops be-  
low the disable set point. The default set points are 0 in wg.  
(6.0 vdc) for stage 1, 0.060 in. wg (6.5 vdc) for stage 2, 0.13 in.  
wg (7.0 vdc) for stage 3, 0.19 in. wg (7.4 vdc) for stage 4,  
0.25 in. wg (8.0 vdc) for stage 5, and 0.31 in. wg (8.5 vdc) for  
stage 6 power exhaust sequencer. Both of these set points are  
changed at the specific controlling sequencer. It is not forcible  
from CCN.  
If the indoor fan is on, then PEXE = ON. If the indoor fan is  
off, then PEXE = OFF. In addition, on units equipped with the  
Expansion I/O module, the control module board may have di-  
rect access 4 to 6 Modulated Power Exhausted stages bypass-  
ing an external sequencer device. These stages will be con-  
trolled directly in fire/smoke modes.  
SMOKE CONTROL MODES — The 48AJ,AK,AW,AY and  
48EJ,EK,EW,EY units with an optional expansion board per-  
form fire and smoke control modes. The expansion board pro-  
vides 4 modes which can be used to control smoke within the  
conditioned area. The modes of operation are fire shutdown,  
pressurization, evacuation, and smoke purge. See Table 41.  
Fig. 62 — Field-Supplied Smoke Detector Wiring  
NOTE: The Carrier IAQ/OAQ sensors are shipped configured  
for a 0 to 10 Vdc signal for use on previously designed PIC  
(Product Integrated Control) products. This signal must be  
changed to the 4 to 20 mA signal to be used on these products,  
which is accomplished through a jumper change. The IAQ/  
OAQ input signals are also polarized, with (+) connecting to  
the odd numbered terminals and (-) connected to the even  
numbered terminals. Refer to Indoor-Air Quality Section in the  
Controls, Operation, and Troubleshooting Manual for further  
sequence of operation.  
NOTE: The IAQ Control function was incorporated onto the  
base control board on these units with serial number of 0600F  
and later.  
Once installed, the sensor must be enabled. The sensor is  
configured with default values which may be changed through  
network access software. To work properly, the IAQ sensor  
high and low reference points for the sensor that is used must  
match the configured values. The base control board reacts to a  
4 to 20 mA signal from the IAQ sensor. The low reference  
(4 mA output) must be configured to the minimum IAQ sensor  
reading. The high reference (20 mA output) must be config-  
ured to the maximum IAQ sensor reading.  
The IAQ sensor can be configured to either low or high  
priority. The priority value can be changed by the user. The  
default is low.  
Low priority — When the priority is set to low, the initial con-  
trol is to the IAQ set point, but the outside air damper position  
will change to its minimum position when the following condi-  
tions occur:  
• CV units with sensor — when the space temperature is  
greater than the occupied cooling set point plus 2° F or  
when the space temperature is less than the occupied  
heating set point minus 2° F.  
• VAV units and CV units with thermostat — when the  
supply-air temperature is less than the supply-air temper-  
ature set point minus 8° F or when the supply-air temper-  
ature is greater than the supply air temperature set point  
plus 5° F for 4 minutes.  
• When the outdoor air quality is greater than the outdoor  
air quality set point (ppm)  
High priority — When the priority is set to high, the IAQ set  
point controls the outside air damper exclusively, with no re-  
gard to comfort conditioning.  
SMOKE DETECTOR — A smoke detector can be used to  
initiate fire shutdown. This can be accomplished by a set of  
normally closed pilot relay contacts which will interrupt power  
from the 24-v transformer, secondary ‘‘B’’ terminal to the con-  
trol circuit breaker (CB4). See Fig. 62. The wire that connects  
these two points is white and labeled ‘‘W78.’’  
NOTE: On standard gas models, the indoor fan will continue  
to run 45 seconds after the call for heat has been terminated. If  
fire shutdown is initiated the fan will stop immediately. No  
45-second delay will occur.  
The smoke detector may be mounted in the return air duct or  
the supply duct. Carrier does not make recommendations as to  
specific smoke detector location due to liability considerations.  
INDOOR AIR QUALITY (IAQ) CONTROL — The acces-  
sory IAQ sensor is required for IAQ control on the base control  
board. The Carrier sensors operate with a 4 to 20 mA signal.  
The 4 to 20 mA signal is connect to T13 (+) and T14 (-) on the  
base control board for the IAQ sensor, and T15 (+) and T16 (-)  
on the base control board for the OAQ (Outdoor Air Quality)  
sensor. The sensor is field-mounted and wired to the base con-  
trol board installed in the unit main control box. The IAQ sen-  
sor must be powered by a field-supplied 24-V power supply  
(ungrounded). Do not use the unit 24-V power supply to power  
sensor.  
TIME GUARD® CIRCUIT — The Time Guard function  
(built into the rooftop control module board) maintains a mini-  
mum off time of 5 minutes, a minimum on time of 10 seconds,  
and a 10-second delay between compressor starts.  
CRANKCASE HEATER — Unit main power supply must  
remain on to provide crankcase heater operation. The crank-  
case heater in each compressor keeps oil free of refrigerant  
while compressor is off.  
87  
Table 41 — Smoke Control Modes  
DEVICE  
Economizer  
Indoor Fan/VFD  
Power Exhaust (all outputs)  
Heat Stages  
PRESSURIZATION  
SMOKE PURGE  
EVACUATION  
100%  
OFF  
FIRE SHUTDOWN  
100%  
ON  
OFF  
OFF  
OFF  
ON  
100%  
ON  
ON  
OFF  
OFF  
ON  
0%  
OFF  
OFF  
OFF  
OFF  
OFF  
ON  
OFF  
OFF  
OFF  
Cool Stages  
HIR  
LEGEND  
HIR — Heat Interlock Relay  
VFD — Variable Frequency Drive  
HEAD PRESSURE CONTROL — Each unit has a fan cy-  
cling, outdoor thermostat to shut off the outdoor-fan motor(s) at  
55 F (one outdoor-fan motor on 48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-030 and  
48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-034 units, 2 outdoor-fan motors on  
48AJ,AK,AW,AY035-050 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY038-048 units  
and 3 outdoor-fan motors on 48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 and  
48EJ,EK,EW,EY054-068 units). The head pressure control  
permits unit to operate with correct condensing temperatures  
down to 35 F outdoor-air temperature.  
MOTORMASTER® III CONTROL — The Motormaster III  
Solid-State Head Pressure Control is a field-installed accessory  
fan speed control device actuated by a temperature sensor. It  
is specifically designed for use on Carrier equipment and con-  
trols the condenser-fan motor speed in response to the saturated  
condensing temperature. For outdoor temperatures down to  
–20 F, it maintains condensing temperature at 100 F. Refer to  
the accessory Motormaster installation instructions for more  
information.  
A VAV unit configured to run off thermostat input or a  
space sensor will have the capability for two stages of heating,  
however, modification to the control wiring will be required to  
make this available. The Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) for  
the supply fan will still be active, varying the supply air fan  
speed to maintain supply duct pressure.  
Upon a call for Y1 (or Y2_SPT) cooling, the compressor 1  
will start after appropriate Time Guard® functions. Thirty sec-  
onds after the SAT drops below the “SAT1TRIP” the compres-  
sor will be unloaded. The unloading sequence will be as  
follows:  
Compressor no. 1 On, Full Load  
Compressor no. 1 On, 2/3 Load  
Compressor no. 1 On, 1/3 Load  
Compressor no. 1 Off  
Unloader no. 1 and no. 2 Off  
Unloader no. 1 Off, Unloader no. 2 On  
Unloader no. 1 and no. 2 On  
Unloader no. 1 and no. 2 Off  
The “Y1 Low SAT Limit” has an adjustable range from  
50 F to 65 F, with a factory setting of 53 F. If the temperature of  
the SAT rise above the “Y1 Low SAT Limit” plus 2° F, the  
compressor will be loaded in the reverse order in which it was  
unloaded following the pre-described time guards. There will  
be a 90-second time guard between any change in unloaded  
state, and the normal 5-minute time guard for change in com-  
pressor On/Off state.  
If compressor no. 1 is forced off due to “Y1 LOW SAT  
Limit” an alert will be issued. If economizer is suitable, the  
economizer mode will remain active. The alert will be cleared  
after the 5-minute time guard has expired and the compressor is  
restarted. With Y1 (or Y1_SPT) input, only compressor no. 1  
can be running.  
CAPACITY CONTROL, COOLING — The cooling capaci-  
ty staging tables are shown in Tables 42 and 43.  
Table 42 — Cooling Capacity Staging Table, CV  
Units with 2 Compressors  
Stages  
1
Economizer  
0
2
3
Compressor 1  
Compressor 2  
off  
off  
off  
off  
on  
off  
on  
on  
NOTE: On CV units that require additional unloading, add suction  
pressure unloaders to Compressor 1 only.  
Upon a call for Y1 (or Y1_SPT) and Y2 (or Y2_SPT) cool-  
ing both compressor no. 1 and 2 will start after appropriate time  
guards. Thirty seconds after SAT drops below the “Y2 Low  
SAT Limit” the compressor will be unloaded. The unloading  
sequence will be as follows:  
Table 43 — Cooling Capacity Staging Table VAV  
Units with 2 Compressors and 2 Unloaders*  
STAGES  
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
Compressor no. 1  
On, Full Load  
Unloader no. 1 and no. 2 Off Compressor no. 2 On  
Compressor 1  
Unloader 1  
Unloader 2  
off  
off  
off  
off  
on  
on  
on  
off  
on  
on  
off  
off  
on  
off  
off  
off  
on  
on  
on  
on  
on  
on  
off  
on  
on  
off  
off  
on  
Compressor no. 1  
Unloader no. 1 Off,  
Unloader no. 2 On  
Compressor no. 2 On  
On, 2/3 Load  
Compressor no. 1  
On, 1/3 Load  
Unloader no. 1 and no. 2 On Compressor no. 2 On  
Compressor 2  
Compressor no. 1  
On, Full Load  
Unloader no. 1 and no. 2 Off Compressor no. 2 Off  
*40 ton units have only one unloader.  
Compressor no. 1  
Unloader no. 1 Off,  
Unloader no. 2 On  
Compressor no. 2 Off  
On, 2/3 Load  
It is often desirable to use a variable air volume (VAV) unit  
in a variable volume and temperature (VVT) control system  
because of the greater unloading capability. A VAV unit (with  
software version 4.0 and later) can easily be configured in the  
field to run off of either space thermostat (VVT® relay pack)  
input or a space sensor. When configured in this manner, the  
unit control will turn on compressors based upon load in the  
space. If the supply-air falls below predefined limits, the con-  
trol will unload the compressor in order to maintain the mini-  
mum supply-air limit. If unloading is not successful in main-  
taining the minimum supply-air temperature (SAT), then the  
compressors will be turned off. An alarm will be issued when  
the compressors are turned off.  
Compressor no. 1  
On, 1/3 Load  
Unloader no. 1 and no. 2 On Compressor no. 2 Off  
Compressor no. 1 Off Unloader no. 1 and no. 2 Off Compressor no. 2 Off  
The “Y2 Low SAT Limit” has an adjustable range from  
45 F to 55 F, with a factory default setting of 48 F. If the tem-  
perature of the SAT rise above the “Y2 Low SAT Limit” plus  
2° F, the compressor will be loaded in the reverse order in  
which it was unloaded following the pre-described Time Guard  
functions. There will be a 90-second time guard between any  
change in unloaded state, and the normal 5-minute time guard  
for change in compressor On/Off state.  
88  
If a Y2 (or Y2_SPT) call begins while the unit was under  
“Y1 cooling” control, compressor no. 2 will not be started until  
“Y1 cooling” control has ended.  
If the Y2 (or Y2_SPT) call ends, with compressor 1 in an  
unloaded state and compressor 2 ON, then compressor 1 will  
be immediately brought up to the fully loaded state. If however,  
the Y2 (or Y2_SPT) call ends, with compressor 1 in an unload-  
ed state and compressor 2 OFF, then compressor 1 will be left  
in its unloaded state. In either case the compressor 1 will be  
loaded/unloaded as appropriate to the “Y1 Low Limit”.  
Each door is held closed with 3 latches. The latches are se-  
cured to the unit with a single 1/4-in. - 20 x 1/2-in. long bolt. See  
Fig. 63.  
To open, loosen the latch bolt using a 7/16-in. wrench. Pivot  
the latch so it is not in contact with the door. Open the door. To  
shut, reverse the above procedure.  
NOTE: Disassembly of the top cover may be required under  
special service circumstances. It is very important that the ori-  
entation and position of the top cover be marked on the unit  
prior to disassembly. This will allow proper replacement of the  
top cover onto the unit and prevent rainwater from leaking into  
the unit.  
The control shall lockout compressors if SAT becomes too  
low and an alarm shall be issued.  
Compressor no. 1 lockout at SAT < 53 F.  
Compressor no. 2 lockout at SAT < 48 F.  
If SAT sensor fails the control will energize compressor  
no. 1 fully loaded (unloaders off), whenever there is a Y1 (or  
Y1_SPT) call. Compressor no. 2 will be energized whenever  
there is a call for Y2 (or Y2_SPT).  
IMPORTANT: After servicing is completed, make sure  
door is closed and relatched properly, and that the latches  
are tight. Failure to do so can result in water leakage into  
the evaporator section of the unit.  
Cleaning — Inspect unit interior at beginning of each heat-  
ing and cooling season and as operating conditions require.  
Remove unit side panels and/or open doors for access to unit  
interior.  
MAIN BURNERS — At the beginning of each heating sea-  
son, inspect for deterioration or blockage due to corrosion or  
other causes. Observe the main burner flames and adjust if nec-  
essary. Check spark gap. See Fig. 64. Refer to Main Burners  
section on page 94.  
FLUE GAS PASSAGEWAYS — The flue collector box and  
heat exchanger cells may be inspected by removing gas section  
access panel (Fig. 5-16), flue box cover, collector box, and  
main burner assembly (Fig. 65 and 66). Refer to Main Burners  
section on page 94 for burner removal sequence. If cleaning is  
required, clean all parts with a wire brush. Reassemble using  
new high-temperature insulation for sealing.  
COMBUSTION-AIR BLOWER — Clean periodically to as-  
sure proper airflow and heating efficiency. Inspect blower  
wheel every fall and periodically during heating season. For the  
first heating season, inspect blower wheel bi-monthly to deter-  
mine proper cleaning frequency.  
NOTE: When a VAV unit with software version 4.0 and later is  
configured to operate from a space thermostat (VVT® relay  
pack) or a space sensor, compressors start loaded and then  
unload as needed. This is the opposite of the normal VAV  
unloading sequence. When operating from supply-air tempera-  
ture (SAT) sensor, VAV units will unload in the reverse  
sequence.  
FIELD TEST — The field test program is initiated by moving  
up DIP switch no. 4 to the OPEN position. The outdoor-air  
damper will close. The control allows 90 seconds for the damp-  
er to close in case it was in the full open position. Next, the  
indoor-fan contactor will be energized, and the outside-air  
damper will begin to open to its default value of 20% and stay  
at that position for a short period of time. The outdoor-air  
damper will then open to its full open position and stay at that  
position for a short period of time. The outdoor-air damper will  
then close.  
If the unit is equipped with power exhaust, stage 1 will be  
energized for 5 seconds. If the unit is configured for stage 2 of  
power exhaust, stage 2 will be energized for 5 seconds after the  
first stage is deenergized.  
The first stage of heat will be energized for 30 seconds, after  
which the second stage heat will be energized for an additional  
30 seconds. Heat is then deenergized.  
The last step is the Cooling mode. Outdoor-fan contactor  
no. 1 is energized. This is followed by each stage of cooling  
energized with a 10-second delay between stages. After this  
is complete, outdoor-fan contactor no. 2 is energized for  
10 seconds.  
The compressors will now deenergize, followed by the out-  
door-fan contactors and indoor-fan contactors. If the unit is  
equipped with the Integrated Gas Control (IGC) board, the in-  
door fan will continue to operate for an additional 30 seconds  
after deenergizing the circuit.  
Fig. 63 — Door Latch  
The field test is then complete.  
SERVICE  
Before performing service or maintenance operations on  
unit, turn off main power switch to unit. Electrical shock  
could cause personal injury.  
Service Access — All unit components can be reached  
through clearly labelled hinged access doors. These doors are  
not equipped with tiebacks, so if heavy duty servicing is need-  
ed, either remove them or prop them open to prevent accidental  
closure.  
Fig. 64 — Spark Gap Adjustment  
89  
NOTES:  
1. Torque set screws on blower wheel to 70 in. lbs 2 in. lbs.  
2. Torque set screw on propeller fan to 15 in. lbs 2 in. lbs.  
3. Dimensions are in inches.  
Fig. 65 — Typical Gas Heating Section  
To inspect blower wheel, remove heat exchanger access  
panel. Shine a flashlight into opening to inspect wheel. If clean-  
ing is required, remove motor and wheel assembly by remov-  
ing screws holding motor mounting plate to top of combustion  
fan housing (Fig. 65 and 66). The motor, scroll, and wheel  
assembly can be removed from the unit. Remove scroll from  
plate. Remove the blower wheel from the motor shaft and  
clean with a detergent or solvent. Replace motor and wheel  
assembly.  
EVAPORATOR COIL — Remove access panels and clean as  
required with commercial coil cleaner.  
CONDENSER COIL — Clean condenser coil annually and  
as required by location and outdoor-air conditions. Inspect coil  
monthly; clean as required.  
CONDENSATE DRAIN — Check and clean each year at  
start of cooling season. In winter, keep drains and traps dry.  
FILTERS — Clean or replace at start of each heating and cool-  
ing season, or more often if operating conditions require. Refer  
to Tables 1A and 1B for type and size.  
NOTE: The unit requires industrial grade throwaway filters  
capable of withstanding face velocities up to 625 fpm.  
OUTDOOR-AIR INLET SCREENS — Clean screens with  
steam or hot water and a mild detergent. Do not use disposable  
filters in place of screens. See Fig. 37 for location of screens  
(filter track assembly).  
Fig. 66 — Gas Heat Section Details  
90  
5. Retighten pulley.  
Lubrication  
6. Return power to the unit.  
COMPRESSORS — Each compressor is charged with the  
correct amount of oil at the factory. The correct oil charge is  
shown in Tables 1A and 1B. If oil is visible in the compressor  
sight glass, check unit for operating readiness as described in  
Start-Up section, then start the unit. Observe oil level and add  
oil, if required, to bring oil level in compressor crankcase up to  
between 1/4 and 1/3 of sight glass during steady operation.  
If oil charge is above 1/3 sight glass, do not remove any oil  
until the compressor crankcase heater has been energized for at  
least 24 hours with compressor off.  
When additional oil or a complete charge is required, use  
only Carrier-approved compressor oil:  
Petroleum Specialties, Inc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cryol 150  
Texaco, Inc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Capella WF-32  
Witco Chemical Corp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Suniso 3GS  
IMPORTANT: Do not use reclaimed oil or oil that has  
been exposed to the atmosphere. Refer to Carrier Standard  
Service Techniques Manual, Chapter 1, Refrigerants sec-  
tion, for procedures to add or remove oil.  
FAN SHAFT BEARINGS — Lubricate bearings at least ev-  
ery 6 months with suitable bearing grease. Do not over grease.  
Typical lubricants are given below:  
MANUFACTURER  
Texaco  
LUBRICANT  
Regal AFB-2*  
Mobilplex EP No. 1  
Prestige 42  
Mobil  
Sunoco  
Texaco  
Multifak 2  
Fig. 67 — Evaporator-Fan Alignment  
and Adjustment  
*Preferred lubricant because it contains rust and oxidation inhibitors.  
CONDENSER- AND EVAPORATOR-FAN MOTOR  
BEARINGS — The condenser- and evaporator-fan motors  
have permanently-sealed bearings, so no field lubrication is  
necessary.  
Evaporator Fan Coupling Assembly — If the cou-  
pling has been removed for other blower assembly component  
repair or replacement, it is critical that the coupling be reassem-  
bled and aligned correctly to prevent premature failures.  
REASSEMBLING THE COUPLING INTO THE UNIT  
(Fig. 68)  
Evaporator Fan Performance Adjustment  
(Fig. 67) — Fan motor pulleys are designed for speed  
shown in Tables 1A and 1B (factory speed setting).  
IMPORTANT: Check to ensure that the unit drive matches  
the duct static pressure using Tables 19-31.  
1. Prior to reassembling the coupling, loosen the 4 bearing  
mounting bolts, which secure the 2 bearings on either side  
of the coupling. Remove the drive belts.  
2. Reassemble the coupling with the bearings loose. This al-  
lows the coupling to find its own self-alignment position.  
To change fan speeds, change pulleys.  
To align fan and motor pulleys:  
1. Shut off unit power supply.  
2. Loosen fan shaft pulley bushing.  
3. Slide fan pulley along fan shaft.  
4. Make angular alignment by loosening motor from  
mounting plate.  
3. Check the hub-to-shaft fit for close fitting clearances.  
Replace hubs if high clearances are determined.  
4. Check the key for close-fitted clearances on the sides and  
0.015 in. clearance over the top of the key. Replace key if  
necessary.  
CENTER DRIVE  
SHAFT  
FLEX  
MEMBER  
SHAFT  
FLANGE  
SHAFT  
BEARINGS  
Fig. 68 — Evaporator Fan Coupling  
91  
5. Be sure that hub flanges, flex members, spacer, and hard-  
ware are clean and free of oil.  
6. Place the flanges onto the shafts with the hub facing out-  
ward. Do not tighten the set screws at this time.  
3. Fully retract motor plate adjusting bolts.  
4. Loosen the 2 rear (nearest the evaporator coil) motor plate  
nuts.  
5. Remove the 2 front motor plate nuts and carriage bolts.  
7. Outside of the unit, assemble the flex members to the cen-  
ter drive shaft with 4 bolts and nuts. The flex members  
have collars that need to be inserted into the smaller hole  
of the drive shaft flange.  
8. Assemble the flex member/drive shaft assembly to one of  
the shaft flanges, using 2 bolts and nuts. Slide the other  
shaft flange towards the assembly and assemble using 2  
bolts and nuts. If the shafts are not misaligned, the collar in  
the flex member should line up with the shaft flange holes.  
9. Torque nuts properly to 95 to 100 ft-lb. Do not turn a cou-  
pling bolt. Always turn the nut. Always use thread lubri-  
cant or anti-seize compound to prevent thread galling.  
10. The ends of the shafts should be flush with the inside of  
the shaft flange. Torque the set screws to 25 ft-lb.  
11. After assembly is complete, slowly rotate the shafts by  
hand for 30 to 60 seconds.  
12. Tighten the bearing mounting bolts, using care not to  
place any loads on the shaft which would cause flexure to  
the shafts.  
13. Reinstall drive belts. (Refer to Belt Tension Adjustment  
section below.)  
14. Visually inspect the assembly. If the shafts are overly mis-  
aligned, the drive shaft flange will not be parallel with the  
shaft flanges.  
6. Slide motor plate to the rear (toward the coil) and remove  
fan belt(s).  
7. Slide motor plate to the front and hand tighten one of the  
rear motor plate nuts (tight enough to prevent the motor  
plate from sliding back but loose enough to allow the  
plate to pivot upward).  
8. Pivot the front of the motor plate upward enough to allow  
access to the motor mounting hex bolts and secure in  
place by inserting a prop.  
9. Remove the nuts from the motor mounting hex bolts and  
remove motor.  
10. Reverse above steps to install new motor.  
Condenser-Fan Adjustment  
1. Turn off unit power supply.  
2. Remove fan guard.  
3. Loosen fan hub setscrews.  
4. Adjust fan height on shaft using a straightedge placed  
across venturi and measure per Fig. 70.  
5. Fill hub recess with permagum if rubber hubcap is  
missing.  
6. Tighten setscrews and replace panel(s).  
7. Turn on unit power.  
15. Recheck nut torque after 1 to 2 hours of operation. Bolts  
tend to relax after being initially torqued.  
Evaporator Fan Service and Replacement  
1. Turn off unit power supply.  
2. Remove supply-air section panels.  
3. Remove belt and blower pulley.  
4. Loosen setscrews in blower wheels.  
5. Remove locking collars from bearings.  
6. Remove shaft.  
7. Remove venturi on opposite side of bearing.  
8. Lift out wheel.  
9. Reverse above procedure to reinstall fan.  
10. Check and adjust belt tension as necessary.  
11. Restore power to unit.  
Belt Tension Adjustment — To adjust belt tension:  
1. Turn off unit power supply.  
2. Loosen motor mounting nuts and bolts. See Fig. 69.  
3. Loosen fan motor nuts.  
4. Turn motor jacking bolts to move motor mounting plate  
left or right for proper belt tension. A slight bow should  
be present in the belt on the slack side of the drive while  
running under full load.  
Fig. 69 — Belt Tension Adjustment  
5. Tighten nuts.  
6. Adjust bolts and nut on mounting plate to secure motor in  
fixed position. Recheck belt tension after 24 hours of  
operation. Adjust as necessary. See Table 3 for proper  
tension values.  
7. Restore power to unit.  
Evaporator-Fan Motor Replacement  
1. Turn off unit power supply.  
2. Remove upper outside panel and open hinged door to  
gain access to motor.  
Fig. 70 — Condenser-Fan Adjustment  
92  
Power Failure — The economizer damper motor is a  
spring return design. In event of power failure, dampers will re-  
turn to fully closed position until power is restored.  
Refrigerant Charge — Amount of refrigerant charge is  
listed on unit nameplate and in Tables 1A and 1B. Refer to  
Carrier GTAC II; Module 5; Charging, Recovery, Recycling,  
and Reclamation section for charging methods and procedures.  
Unit panels must be in place when unit is operating during  
charging procedure.  
NOTE: Do not use recycled refrigerant as it may contain  
contaminants.  
NO CHARGE — Use standard evacuating techniques. After  
evacuating system, weigh in the specified amount of refriger-  
ant (refer to Tables 1A and 1B).  
LOW CHARGE COOLING — Using appropriate cooling  
charging chart (see Fig. 71-74), add or remove refrigerant until  
conditions of the appropriate chart are met. Note that charging  
chart is different from those normally used. An accurate pres-  
sure gage and temperature sensing device are required. Mea-  
sure liquid line pressure at the liquid line service valve using  
pressure gage. Connect temperature sensing device to the liq-  
uid line near the liquid line service valve and insulate it so that  
outdoor ambient temperature does not affect reading.  
Using the above temperature and pressure readings, find the  
intersect point on the appropriate cooling charging chart. If in-  
tersection point on chart is above line, add refrigerant. If inter-  
section point on chart is below line, carefully reclaim some of  
the charge. Recheck suction pressure as charge is adjusted.  
NOTE: Indoor-air cfm must be within normal operating range  
of unit. All outdoor fans must be operating.  
Thermostatic Expansion Valve (TXV) — Each circuit  
has a TXV. The TXV is nonadjustable and is factory set to main-  
tain 10 to 13° F superheat leaving the evaporator coil. The TXV  
controls flow of liquid refrigerant to the evaporator coils.  
Fig. 71 — Cooling Charging Chart,  
48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-034  
Gas Valve Adjustment  
NATURAL GAS — The 2-stage gas valve opens and closes  
in response to the thermostat or limit control.  
When power is supplied to valve terminals 3 and 4, the pilot  
valve opens to the preset position. When power is supplied to  
terminals 1 and 2, the main valve opens to its preset position.  
The regular factory setting is stamped on the valve body  
(3.5 in. wg).  
To adjust regulator:  
1. Set thermostat at setting for no call for heat.  
2. Turn main gas valve to OFF position.  
1
3. Remove /8-in. pipe plug from manifold. Install a water  
manometer pressure-measuring device.  
4. Set main gas valve to ON position.  
5. Set thermostat at setting to call for heat (high fire).  
6. Remove screw cap covering regulator adjustment screw  
(See Fig. 75).  
7. Turn adjustment screw clockwise to increase pressure or  
counterclockwise to decrease pressure.  
8. Once desired pressure is established, set unit to no call for  
heat (3.3-in. wg high fire).  
9. Turn main gas valve to OFF position.  
1
10. Remove pressure-measuring device and replace /8-in.  
pipe plug and screw cap.  
11. Turn main gas valve to ON position and check heating  
operation.  
Fig. 72 — Cooling Charging Chart,  
48EJ,EK,EW,EY038-048  
93  
Main Burners — For all applications, main burners are  
factory set and should require no adjustment.  
MAIN BURNER REMOVAL (Fig. 76)  
1. Shut off (field-supplied) manual main gas valve.  
2. Shut off power supply to unit.  
3. Remove heating access panel.  
4. Disconnect gas piping from gas valve inlet.  
5. Remove wires from gas valve.  
6. Remove wires from rollout switch.  
7. Remove sensor wire and ignitor cable from IGC board.  
8. Remove 2 screws securing manifold bracket to basepan.  
9. Remove 4 screws that hold the burner support plate  
flange to the vestibule plate.  
10. Lift burner assembly out of unit.  
11. Reverse procedure to re-install burners.  
Fig. 73 — Cooling Charging Chart,  
48EJ,EK,EW,EY054-068  
CHARGING CHART  
BOTH CIRCUITS  
ALL OUTDOOR FANS MUST BE OPERATING  
140  
120  
100  
80  
Add Charge if Above Curve  
Reduce Charge if Below Curve  
Fig. 76 — Main Burner Removal  
60  
40  
50  
100  
150  
200  
250  
300  
350  
400  
Liquid Pressure at Liquid Valve (PSIG)  
Fig. 74 — Cooling Charging Chart,  
48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-060  
REGULATOR  
ADJUSTMENT SCREW  
(REMOVE COVER)  
2 LEADS, #18 WIRE 1/32 INSULATION,  
600V. MAX., 105°C  
OUTLET PRESSURE  
TAP (PLUGGED)  
1/8-27 N.P.T. THDS.  
RECEPTACLE AND  
TAB COMBINATION  
TERMINAL  
D-1  
W-1  
D-2  
C1  
C2  
W-2  
PILOT CONNECTION  
FOR 1/4” O.D. TUBING  
(PLUGGED)  
INLET PRESSURE TAP  
(PLUGGED)  
1/8 - 27 N.P.T. THDS.  
RECEPTACLE TERMINAL  
Fig. 75 — Gas Valve (Part Number EF33CB271)  
94  
FREEZE PROTECTION THERMOSTAT (FPT) — Freeze  
protection thermostats are located on the evaporator coil for  
each circuit. One is located at the top and bottom of each coil. It  
detects frost build-up and turns off the compressor, allowing  
the coil to clear. Once the frost has melted, the compressor can  
be reenergized.  
Filter Drier — Replace whenever refrigerant system is ex-  
posed to atmosphere.  
Protective Devices  
COMPRESSOR PROTECTION  
Overcurrent — Each compressor has one manual reset, cali-  
brated trip, magnetic circuit breaker. Do not bypass connec-  
tions or increase the size of the circuit breaker to correct trou-  
ble. Determine the cause and correct it before resetting the  
breaker.  
Relief Devices — All units have relief devices to protect  
against damage from excessive pressures (i.e., fire). These de-  
vices are installed on the suction line, liquid line, and on the  
compressor.  
Overtemperature — Each 06D type compressor (48AJ,AK,  
AW,AY020-035 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-038 units only) has  
an internal protector to protect it against excessively high dis-  
charge gas temperatures.  
Crankcase Heater — Each compressor has a crankcase heater  
to prevent absorption of liquid refrigerant by oil in the crank-  
case when the compressor is idle. Since power for the crank-  
case heaters is drawn from the unit incoming power, main unit  
power must be on for the heaters to be energized.  
Power Circuit — A typical power wiring schematic is  
shown in Fig. 77.  
Control Circuit, 24-V — This control circuit is protect-  
ed against overcurrent by a 3.2 amp circuit breaker (CB4).  
Breaker can be reset. If it trips, determine cause of trouble be-  
fore resetting. A typical 24-v control wiring schematic is  
shown in Fig. 78 and 79.  
Control Circuit, 115-V — This control circuit is pro-  
tected against overcurrent by a 5.2 amp circuit breaker (CB3).  
Breaker can be reset. If it trips, determine cause of trouble be-  
fore resetting. A typical 115-v control wiring schematic is  
shown in Fig. 80 and 81.  
IMPORTANT: After a prolonged shutdown or service job,  
energize the crankcase heaters for 24 hours before starting  
the compressors.  
EVAPORATOR FAN MOTOR PROTECTION — A manu-  
al reset, calibrated trip, magnetic circuit breaker protects  
against overcurrent. Do not bypass connections or increase the  
size of the breaker to correct trouble. Determine the cause and  
correct it before resetting the breaker. If the evaporator-fan  
motor is replaced with a different horsepower motor, resizing  
of the circuit breaker is required. Contact Carrier Application  
Engineering.  
Compressor Lockout Logic — If any of the safeties  
trip, the circuit will automatically reset (providing the safety  
has reset) and restart the compressor in 15 minutes. If any of  
the safeties trip 3 times within a 90-minute period, then the cir-  
cuit will be locked out and will require manual resetting by  
turning off either the unit disconnect or the control circuit  
breaker, or opening the thermostat.  
If the compressors have bee off for more than 15 minutes  
and the outdoor-air temperature (OAT) is less than 45 F then  
safeties will be ignored for 5 minutes.  
CONDENSER-FAN MOTOR PROTECTION — Each  
condenser-fan motor is internally protected against  
overtemperature.  
Replacement Parts — A complete list of replacement  
parts may be obtained from any Carrier distributor upon  
request.  
HIGH- AND LOW-PRESSURE SWITCHES — If either  
switch trips, or if the compressor overtemperature switch  
activates, that refrigerant circuit will be automatically  
locked out. See Compressor Lockout Logic section on this  
page.  
LEGEND for Fig. 77-83 — Typical Wiring Schematics  
LEGEND  
RAT — Return-Air Thermistor  
AFS  
AHA  
BP  
— Airflow Switch  
HTSASP— Heating Supply Air Set Point  
— Adjustable Heat Anticipator  
— Building Pressure  
— Burner Relay  
Potentiometer  
RS  
— Rollout Switch  
HV  
— High Voltage  
SAT — Supply-Air Thermostat  
SEN — Sensor  
BR  
IDM  
IFC  
IFCB  
IFM  
IFR  
IGC  
IP  
— Induced-Draft Motor  
— Indoor Fan Contactor  
— Indoor Fan Circuit Breaker  
— Indoor-Fan Motor  
— Indoor-Fan Relay  
— Integrated Gas Unit Controller  
— Internal Protector  
— Light  
SW  
TB  
TC  
TH  
— Switch  
C
— Contactor, Compressor  
— Capacitor  
— Terminal Block  
— Thermostat, Cooling  
— Thermostat, Heating  
CAP  
CB  
— Circuit Breaker  
CC  
— Cooling Compensator  
— Controller Circuit Breaker  
— Crankcase Heater  
TRAN — Transformer  
CCB  
CCH  
UL  
— Compressor Unloader  
VFD — Variable Frequency Drive  
CLSASP — Cooling Supply Air  
L
Set Point Potentiometer  
— Communication  
LPS  
LS  
— Low-Pressure Switch  
— Limit Switch  
Terminal (Marked)  
Terminal (Unmarked)  
Terminal Block  
Splice  
COM  
COMP — Compressor Motor  
MGV  
NC  
— Main Gas Valve  
CR  
— Control Relay  
— Constant Volume  
— Damper Motor  
— Duct Pressure  
— Enthalpy Control  
— Full Load Amps  
— Normally Closed  
CV  
NO  
— Normally Open  
DM  
DP  
OAT  
OD  
— Outdoor-Air Thermostat  
— Outdoor  
EC  
OFC  
OFM  
— Outdoor-Fan Contactor  
— Outdoor-Fan Motor  
— Power Exhaust Contactor  
— Power Exhaust Motor  
— Power Exhaust Sequencer  
FLA  
FPT  
FU  
Factory Wiring  
Field Wiring  
— Freeze Protection Thermostat PEC  
— Fuse  
PEM  
PES  
GVR  
HPS  
HS  
— Gas Valve Relay  
— High-Pressure Switch  
— Hall Effect Sensor  
To indicate common potential only.  
Not to represent wiring.  
PESC — Power Exhaust Sequencer Controller  
PL  
— Plug Assembly  
95  
96  
97  
98  
99  
100  
101  
102  
TROUBLESHOOTING  
Typical refrigerant circuiting diagrams are shown in Fig. 84-93. An algorithm diagram of the IGC (Integrated Gas Unit Controller)  
control is shown in Fig. 94.  
LEGEND  
FPS  
—
Freeze Protection Switch  
HPS — High-Pressure Switch  
LPS  
—
Low-Pressure Switch  
Fig. 84 — Typical Refrigerant Circuiting (48AJ,AK,AW,AY020,025 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-034)  
103  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
HPS & LPS mounted on  
compressor  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
TXV #1  
Muffler  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
Compressor #1  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
TXV #2  
HPS- HK02ZA428  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
Cut-In - 320 PSI  
Cut-out - 420 PSI  
LPS - HK02ZB027  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
Cut -In - 22 PSI  
Cut-out - 7 PSI  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
HPS & LPS mounted on  
compressor  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
Muffler  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
Compressor #1  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
LEGEND  
Freeze Protection Switch  
FPS  
—
HPS — High-Pressure Switch  
LPS  
TXV  
—
—
Low-Pressure Switch  
Thermostatic Expansion Valve  
Fig. 85 — Typical Refrigerant Circuiting (48AJ,AK,AW,AY027,030)  
104  
12-Pass  
12-Pass  
12-Pass  
12-Pass  
12-Pass  
12-Pass  
12-Pass  
12-Pass  
12-Pass  
12-Pass  
12-Pass  
12-Pass  
12-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
HPS & LPS mounted on  
compressor  
TXV #1  
Muffler  
Compressor #1  
6-Pass  
6-Pass  
6-Pass  
6-Pass  
TXV #2  
HPS- HK02ZA428  
Cut-In - 320 PSI  
Cut-out - 420 PSI  
LPS - HK02ZB027  
Cut -In - 22 PSI  
Cut-out - 7 PSI  
12-Pass  
12-Pass  
12-Pass  
12-Pass  
12-Pass  
12-Pass  
12-Pass  
12-Pass  
12-Pass  
12-Pass  
12-Pass  
12-Pass  
12-Pass  
HPS & LPS mounted on  
compressor  
Muffler  
Compressor #1  
6-Pass  
6-Pass  
6-Pass  
6-Pass  
LEGEND  
Freeze Protection Switch  
FPS  
—
HPS — High-Pressure Switch  
LPS  
TXV  
—
—
Low-Pressure Switch  
Thermostatic Expansion Valve  
Fig. 86 — Typical Refrigerant Circuiting (48AJ,AK,AW,AY035)  
105  
LEGEND  
FPS  
—
Freeze Protection Switch  
HPS — High-Pressure Switch  
LPS  
—
Low-Pressure Switch  
Fig. 87 — Typical Refrigerant Circuiting (48EJ,EK,EW,EY038,044)  
106  
8-Pass  
8-Pass  
8-Pass  
8-Pass  
8-Pass  
8-Pass  
8-Pass  
8-Pass  
8-Pass  
8-Pass  
8-Pass  
8-Pass  
8-Pass  
8-Pass  
8-Pass  
8-Pass  
8-Pass  
8-Pass  
8-Pass  
8-Pass  
8-Pass  
8-Pass  
8-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
HPS & LPS mounted on  
compressor  
TXV #1  
Muffler  
Compressor #1  
TXV #2  
8-Pass  
8-Pass  
8-Pass  
8-Pass  
8-Pass  
8-Pass  
8-Pass  
HPS- HK02ZA428  
Cut-In - 320 PSI  
Cut-out - 420 PSI  
LPS - HK02ZB027  
Cut -In - 22 PSI  
Cut-out - 7 PSI  
8-Pass  
8-Pass  
8-Pass  
8-Pass  
8-Pass  
8-Pass  
8-Pass  
8-Pass  
8-Pass  
8-Pass  
8-Pass  
8-Pass  
8-Pass  
8-Pass  
8-Pass  
8-Pass  
8-Pass  
8-Pass  
8-Pass  
8-Pass  
8-Pass  
8-Pass  
8-Pass  
HPS & LPS mounted on  
compressor  
Muffler  
Compressor #1  
8-Pass  
8-Pass  
8-Pass  
8-Pass  
8-Pass  
8-Pass  
8-Pass  
LEGEND  
Freeze Protection Switch  
FPS  
—
HPS — High-Pressure Switch  
LPS  
TXV  
—
—
Low-Pressure Switch  
Thermostatic Expansion Valve  
Fig. 88 — Typical Refrigerant Circuiting (48AJ,AK,AW,AY040,050)  
107  
LEGEND  
FPS  
—
Freeze Protection Switch  
HPS — High-Pressure Switch  
LPS  
—
Low-Pressure Switch  
Fig. 89 — Typical Refrigerant Circuiting (48EJ,EK,EW,EY048)  
108  
LEGEND  
HPS — High-Pressure Switch  
LPS  
TXV  
—
—
Low-Pressure Switch  
Thermostatic Expansion Valve  
Fig. 90 — Typical Refrigerant Circuiting (48EJ,EK,EW,EY054 and 058)  
109  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
6-Pass  
HPS & LPS mounted on  
compressor  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
6-Pass  
6-Pass  
TXV #1  
Muffler  
6-Pass  
6-Pass  
Compressor #1  
6-Pass  
6-Pass  
6-Pass  
6-Pass  
6-Pass  
6-Pass  
6-Pass  
6-Pass  
6-Pass  
6-Pass  
TXV #2  
HPS- HK02ZA428  
6-Pass  
6-Pass  
Cut-In - 320 PSI  
Cut-out - 420 PSI  
LPS - HK02ZB027  
6-Pass  
6-Pass  
Cut -In - 22 PSI  
Cut-out - 7 PSI  
6-Pass  
6-Pass  
6-Pass  
6-Pass  
6-Pass  
6-Pass  
6-Pass  
6-Pass  
6-Pass  
6-Pass  
6-Pass  
6-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
4-Pass  
6-Pass  
6-Pass  
6-Pass  
6-Pass  
6-Pass  
6-Pass  
6-Pass  
6-Pass  
6-Pass  
6-Pass  
6-Pass  
6-Pass  
6-Pass  
6-Pass  
HPS & LPS mounted on  
compressor  
6-Pass  
6-Pass  
6-Pass  
6-Pass  
Muffler  
Compressor #1  
6-Pass  
6-Pass  
6-Pass  
6-Pass  
6-Pass  
6-Pass  
6-Pass  
6-Pass  
6-Pass  
6-Pass  
6-Pass  
LEGEND  
HPS — High-Pressure Switch  
LPS  
TXV  
—
—
Low-Pressure Switch  
Thermostatic Expansion Valve  
Fig. 91 — Typical Refrigerant Circuiting (48AJ,AK,AW,AY060)  
110  
LEGEND  
HPS — High-Pressure Switch  
LPS  
TXV  
—
—
Low-Pressure Switch  
Thermostatic Expansion Valve  
Fig. 92 — Typical Refrigerant Circuiting (48EJ,EK,EW,EY064)  
111  
112  
LEGEND  
IDM  
IGC  
—
—
Induced-Draft Motor  
Integrated Gas Unit Controller  
NOTE: Thermostat Fan Switch in the “AUTO” position or sensor-equipped unit.  
Fig. 94 — IGC Control (Heating and Cooling)  
113  
The alarm codes for the IGC control board are shown in  
Table 44.  
Diagnostic LEDs — There are 3 LEDs (red, yellow, and  
green) on the lower right hand side of the control board. The  
red light is used to check unit operation and alarms. A constant  
pulse is normal unit operation. A series of quick blinks indi-  
cates an alarm. Refer to Table 45 below for a description of  
alarms. The yellow LED blinks during transmission with the  
CCN (Carrier Comfort Network). The green LED blinks dur-  
ing transmission with the expansion board.  
Table 44 — IGC Control Board LED Alarms  
INDICATION  
ON  
ERROR MODE  
Normal Operation  
OFF  
Hardware Failure  
1 FLASH  
Fan ON/OFF Delay Modified  
Limit Switch Fault  
Flame Sense Fault  
4 Consecutive Limit Switch Faults  
Ignition Lockout Fault  
Induced Draft Motor Fault  
Rollout Switch Fault  
Internal Control Fault  
Software Lockout  
2 FLASHES  
3 FLASHES  
4 FLASHES  
5 FLASHES  
6 FLASHES  
7 FLASHES  
8 FLASHES  
9 FLASHES  
Table 45 — Control Board LED Alarms  
LED  
ERROR  
RESET  
METHOD  
ACTION TAKEN  
BY CONTROL  
DESCRIPTION  
TROUBLESHOOTING COMMENTS  
BLINKS CODE  
1
—
Normal Operation  
—
None  
The expansion board and control board flash the red LED  
in one-second intervals when the board is operating properly.  
2
HF-13  
Compressor 1 Safety  
Compressor 2 Safety  
Thermostat Failure  
Automatic Cooling disabled.  
and  
The high or low pressure safety switch for compressor no. 1  
Automatic reset after has opened for 3 seconds. The error will be cleared and  
Manual 15 minutes. Manual if compressor no. 1 will be allowed to turn on in 15 minutes.  
repeated 3 times in  
90 minutes.  
If the safeties have been tripped 3 times in 90 minutes,  
compressor no. 1 will be locked out until the control  
board has been manually reset.  
3
4
HF-14  
HF-15  
Automatic Cooling disabled.  
The high or low pressure safety switch for compressor no. 2  
and  
Automatic reset after has opened for 3 seconds. The error will be cleared and  
Manual 15 minutes. Manual if compressor no. 2 will be allowed to turn on in 15 minutes.  
repeated 3 times in  
90 minutes.  
If the safeties have been tripped 3 times in 90 minutes,  
compressor no. 2 will be locked out until the control  
board has been manually reset.  
The thermostat is calling for both heating and cooling  
at the same time. The unit will operate on a first call basis  
and will automatically reset.  
Automatic Alarm generated.  
5
6
HF-05  
HF-06  
SAT Thermistor Failure Automatic Heating, cooling, and The supply-air temperature (SAT) sensor has failed.  
economizer disabled. First check for wiring errors, then replace sensor.  
OAT Thermistor Failure Automatic NTFC, IAQ purge,  
The outside air temperature (OAT) sensor has failed.  
economizer, and low First check for wiring errors, then replace sensor.  
ambient DX cooling  
locked out disabled.  
7
8
9
HF-03 Space Temp. Sen. Failure Automatic Disables unoccupied The space temperature sensor has failed.  
cooling/heating, CV  
economizer, and CV  
cooling/heating.  
First check for wiring errors, then replace sensor.  
HF-12  
RAT Thermistor Failure Automatic VAV heating  
disabled.  
The return-air temperature (RAT) sensor has failed.  
Ensure that the unit is a VAV unit. If NOT a VAV unit set  
DIP switch position 1 to the closed position and reset power.  
Then check for wiring errors. Finally, replace sensor.  
SE-05 Loss of Communications Automatic Algorithms in  
Communications between the expansion board and the  
with Expansion Board  
expansion board are control board have been interrupted. Ensure that an  
bypassed.  
expansion board is installed and wired using the  
wire harness supplied with the expansion module. If an  
expansion board is not used ensure that DIP switch position  
3 is in the closed position, and reset power.  
10  
HF-16  
Control Board Failure  
None  
Control uses default Generated when hardware has failed on control board.  
values. (May seem  
Replace the control board.  
as normal operation)  
Analog to Digital  
Conversion  
HF-17 Expansion Board Failure  
None  
None  
All outputs turned off.  
11  
12  
All outputs turned off. Generated when hardware has failed on the  
expansion board. Replace the expansion board.  
SE-23  
Cooling SAT Low  
Limit Shutdown  
Automatic Alarm generated.  
CV operation. When SAT low limits are below range and  
compressor shut off.  
LEGEND  
DIP — Dual In-Line Package  
VAV — Variable Air Volume  
114  
Tables 46-48 show the input and output channel designations.  
Table 46 — I/O Channel Designations Base Module — CV  
TERMINAL NO.  
T1-2  
ASSIGNMENT  
SPT (CCN) — 10KV Thermistor  
STO (CCN) — 10KV Thermistor  
OAT — 5KV Thermistor  
SAT — 5KV Thermistor  
—
SAT Reset — AI (4 to 20 mA)  
IAQ Indoor — AI (4 to 20 mA)  
IAQ Outdoor — AI (4 to 20 mA)  
Y1 or Remote Start/Stop — DI (24 vac)  
Y2 — DI (24 vac)  
TERMINAL NO.  
T23-25  
T24-25  
T26-27  
T28-29  
T30-29  
T31-32  
T33-32  
T34-35  
T36-35  
T37-38  
T39-38  
K1  
ASSIGNMENT  
Compressor 2 Safety — DI (24 vac)  
T3-4  
T5-6  
T7-8  
T9-10  
T11-12  
T13-14  
T15-16  
T17-25  
T18-25  
T19-25  
T20-25  
T21-25  
T22-25  
Outside Air Enthalpy — DI (24 vac)  
Economizer Pos. — AO (4-20 mA)  
Heat 1 Relay — DO (24 vac)  
Heat 2 Relay — DO (24 vac)  
CV Power Exhaust 1/Modulating Power Exhaust — DO (115 vac)  
CV Power Exhaust 2 — DO (115 vac)  
Condenser Fan — DO (115 vac)  
OFC2 — DO (115 vac)  
—
—
W1 — DI (24 vac)  
W2 — DI (24 vac)  
G — DI (24 vac)  
Compressor 1 Safety — DI (24 vac)  
Indoor Fan Relay — DO (LV)  
Compr. 1 — DO (HV)  
Compr. 2 — DO (HV)  
K2  
K3  
Table 47 — I/O Channel Designations Base Module — VAV  
TERMINAL NO.  
T1-2  
ASSIGNMENT  
SPT (CCN) — 10KV Thermistor  
RAT — 5KV Thermistor  
OAT — 5KV Thermistor  
SAT — 5KV Thermistor  
—
SAT Reset — AI (4 to 20 mA)  
IAQ Indoor — AI (4 to 20 mA)  
IAQ Outdoor — AI (4 to 20 mA)  
Remote Start/Stop — DI (24 vac)  
—
TERMINAL NO.  
T23-25  
T24-25  
T26-27  
T28-29  
T30-29  
T31-32  
T33-32  
T34-35  
T36-35  
T37-38  
T39-38  
K1  
ASSIGNMENT  
Compressor 2 Safety — DI (24 vac)  
Outside Air Enthalpy — DI (24 vac)  
Economizer Pos. — AO (4-20 mA)  
Heat 1 Relay - DO (24 v)  
Heat Interlock Relay — DO (24 v)  
Modulated Power Exhaust — DO (24 vac)  
—
Condenser Fan — DO (115 vac)  
OFC2 — DO (115 vac)  
Unloader 1 — DO (115 vac)  
Unloader 2 — DO (115 vac)  
Indoor Fan Relay — DO (LV)  
Compr. 1 — DO (HV)  
T3-4  
T5-6  
T7-8  
T9-10  
T11-12  
T13-14  
T15-16  
T17-25  
T18-25  
T19-25  
T20-25  
T21-25  
T22-25  
—
—
—
K2  
K3  
Compressor 1 Safety — DI (24 vac)  
Compr. 2 — DO (HV)  
Table 48 — I/O Channel Designations Expansion Module (Field-Installed) — CV and VAV  
TERMINAL NO.  
T1-2  
ASSIGNMENT  
TERMINAL NO.  
T23 and TB2-1 Fire — Evacuation — DI (24 vac)  
T24 and TB2-1 Fire — Smoke Purge — DI (24 vac)  
ASSIGNMENT  
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
T3-4  
T5-6  
T7-8  
T9-10  
T11-12  
T13-14  
T15-16  
T26-27  
T28-29  
—
—
T30 and TB2-2 Alarm Light Indicator — DO (24 vac)  
T31  
T33  
T34  
T36  
T37  
T39  
K1  
Power Exhaust Fire No. 1 — DO (115 vac)  
Power Exhaust Fire No. 2 — DO (115 vac)  
Power Exhaust Fire No. 3 — DO (115 vac)  
Power Exhaust Fire No. 4 — DO (115 vac)  
T17 and TB2-1 Fan Status — DI (24 vac)  
T18 and TB2-1 Filter Status - DI (24 vac)  
T19 and TB2-1 Field Applied Status — DI (24 vac)  
T20 and TB2-1 Demand Limit — DI (24 vac)  
T21 and TB2-1 Fire — Unit Shutdown — DI (24 vac)  
T22 and TB2-1 Fire — Pressurization — DI (24 vac)  
—
—
—
—
—
K2  
K3  
LEGEND (Tables 46-48)  
NOTE: All even numbered terminals are negative (–) polarity and all  
odd numbered terminals are positive (+) polarity.  
AI — Analog Input  
AO — Analog Output  
OAT — Outdoor-Air Temperature  
OFC — Outdoor Fan Contactor  
CCN — Carrier Comfort Network RAT — Return-Air Temperature  
CV — Constant Volume  
DI — Direct Input  
DO — Direct Output  
HV — High Voltage  
IAQ — Indoor Air Quality  
KV — Kilo-Ohms  
SAT — Supply-Air Temperature  
SPT — Space Temperature  
STO — Space Temperature Offset  
T
— Terminal  
TB — Terminal Block  
VAV — Variable Air Volume  
LV — Low Voltage  
115  
SERVICE TRAINING  
Packaged Service Training programs are an excellent way to increase your knowledge of the equipment  
discussed in this manual, including:  
• Unit Familiarization  
• Installation Overview  
• Maintenance  
• Operating Sequence  
A large selection of product, theory, and skills programs are available, using popular video-based formats  
and materials. All include video and/or slides, plus companion book.  
Classroom Service Training which includes “hands-on” experience with the products in our labs can  
mean increased confidence that really pays dividends in faster troubleshooting and fewer callbacks. Course  
descriptions and schedules are in our catalog.  
CALL FOR FREE CATALOG 1-800-962-9212  
[
] Packaged Service Training  
[
] Classroom Service Training  
Copyright 2001 Carrier Corporation  
Manufacturer reserves the right to discontinue, or change at any time, specifications or designs without notice and without incurring obligations.  
PC 111 Catalog No. 534-739 Printed in U.S.A. Form 48A,E-1SI Pg 116 107 11-01 Replaces: 48E-6SI  
Book 1  
Tab 1a  
START-UP CHECKLIST  
MODEL NO.: _________________________________  
SERIAL NO.: ______________________________________  
TECHNICIAN: ____________________________________  
SOFTWARE VERSION (SEE FIG. 27): ____________  
DATE: _______________________________________  
PRE-START-UP:  
ꢀ VERIFY THAT DIP SWITCH SETTINGS ARE CORRECT  
ꢀ VERIFY THAT ALL PACKING MATERIALS HAVE BEEN REMOVED FROM UNIT  
ꢀ REMOVE ALL COMPRESSOR SHIPPING HOLDDOWN BOLTS AND BRACKETS PER INSTRUCTIONS  
ꢀ VERIFY INSTALLATION OF ECONOMIZER HOOD  
ꢀ VERIFY INSTALLATION OF ALL OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES  
ꢀ VERIFY THAT ALL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS AND TERMINALS ARE TIGHT  
ꢀ CHECK GAS PIPING FOR LEAKS  
ꢀ CHECK THAT RETURN-AIR FILTER AND OUTDOOR-AIR FILTERS ARE CLEAN AND IN PLACE  
ꢀ VERIFY THAT UNIT IS LEVEL WITHIN TOLERANCES FOR PROPER CONDENSER DRAINAGE  
ꢀ CHECK FAN WHEELS AND PROPELLERS FOR LOCATION IN HOUSING/ORIFICE, AND SETSCREW IS TIGHT  
ꢀ VERIFY THAT FAN SHEAVES ARE ALIGNED AND BELTS ARE PROPERLY TENSIONED  
ꢀ VERIFY THAT SUCTION, DISCHARGE, AND LIQUID SERVICE VALVES ON EACH CIRCUIT ARE OPEN  
ꢀ VERIFY THAT CRANKCASE HEATERS HAVE BEEN ON 24 HOURS BEFORE START-UP.  
START-UP:  
ELECTRICAL  
SUPPLY VOLTAGE  
L1-L2  
__________ L2-L3 __________ L3-L1 __________  
COMPRESSOR AMPS — COMPRESSOR NO. 1 L1  
COMPRESSOR AMPS — COMPRESSOR NO. 2 L1  
__________ L2  
__________ L2  
__________  
__________  
L2 _________  
L2 _________  
SUPPLY FANS AMPS (CV)  
________  
EXHAUST FAN AMPS __________  
(VAV) ________ *  
*VAV fan supply amps reading must be taken with a true RMS meter for accurate readings.  
TEMPERATURES  
OUTDOOR-AIR TEMPERATURE  
RETURN-AIR TEMPERATURE  
COOLING SUPPLY AIR  
GAS HEAT SUPPLY AIR  
PRESSURES  
__________ F DB (Dry Bulb)  
__________ F DB__________ F WB (Wet Bulb)  
__________ F  
__________ F  
GAS INLET PRESSURE  
GAS MANIFOLD PRESSURE  
REFRIGERANT SUCTION  
__________ IN. WG  
STAGE NO. 1 __________ IN. WG STAGE NO. 2 __________ IN. WG  
CIRCUIT NO. 1 __________PSIG  
CIRCUIT NO. 2__________ PSIG  
CIRCUIT NO. 2__________ PSIG  
REFRIGERANT DISCHARGE CIRCUIT NO. 2 __________ PSIG  
ꢀ VERIFY REFRIGERANT CHARGE USING CHARGING CHARTS ON PAGES 93 AND 94.  
CL-1  
GENERAL  
ꢀ SET ECONOMIZER MINIMUM VENT POSITION TO JOB REQUIREMENTS  
ꢀ ENSURE DRIVES OPERATE WITH LIMITS OF FAN PERFORMANCE TABLES  
HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH SETTING  
LOW PRESSURE SWITCH SETTING  
MOTOR PULLEY PART NUMBER  
FAN PULLEY PART NUMBER  
BELT PART NUMBER  
psig  
psig  
BELT SIZE  
in.  
in.  
FILTER QUANTITY  
FILTER SIZES  
ADDITIONAL NOTES:  
________________________________________________________________________________________________________  
________________________________________________________________________________________________________  
________________________________________________________________________________________________________  
________________________________________________________________________________________________________  
________________________________________________________________________________________________________  
________________________________________________________________________________________________________  
Copyright 2001 Carrier Corporation  
Manufacturer reserves the right to discontinue, or change at any time, specifications or designs without notice and without incurring obligations.  
Book  
Tab  
1
PC 111  
Catalog No. 534-739  
Printed in U.S.A.  
Form 48A,E-1SI  
CL-2  
107  
11-01  
Replaces: 48E-6SI  
1a  

ACTiSYS VER 061030 CAM 6500 User Manual
Briggs Stratton 44Q700 User Manual
Brother Printer MFC 8640D User Manual
Clarion NONE FOUND SRH292HX User Manual
Dakota Digital LED Tail Light Flasher LAT NLF User Manual
Danby DAC10010E User Manual
Friedrich US10 User Manual
HoMedics Shiatsu SBM 500H User Manual
Honda Automobiles GXV530 User Manual
HP Hewlett Packard Hewlett Packard Printer 2229H User Manual